sk714,815-5 #01876-00902_webm005501_u0502 (1)

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�� !�" ��

�� ""� ��

��

��

��

��

�� !�" ��

�� ""� ��

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-1

CONTENTS

CONTENTS

Page

10 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION........................................................................................ 10-1

20 TESTING AND ADJUSTING............................................................................................. 20-1

30 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .................................................................................. 30-1

40 MAINTENANCE STANDARD ........................................................................................... 40-1

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-2

The affected pages are indicated by the use of the following marks. It is requested that necessary ac-tions be taken to these pages according to table be-low.

Pages having no marks are those previously revised or made additions.

Mark Indication Action required

❍ Page to be newly Add

● Page to be replaced Replace

( ) Page to be delete Discard

LIST OF REVISED PAGES

Mark Page Time of revision Mark Page Time of

revision Mark Page Time of revision Mark Page Time of

revision Mark Page Time of revision

00-100-200-2-100-2-200-300-400-500-600-700-800-900-1000-1100-1200-1300-1400-1500-1600-1700-1800-1900-2000-2100-22

10-110-210-310-410-510-610-710-810-910-1010-1110-1210-1310-1410-1510-16

10-1710-1810-1910-2010-2110-2210-2310-2410-2510-2610-2710-2810-2910-3010-3110-3210-3310-3410-3510-3610-3710-3810-3910-4010-4110-4210-4310-4410-4510-4610-4710-4810-4910-5010-5110-5210-5310-5410-5510-5610-57

10-5810-5910-6010-6110-6210-6310-6410-6510-6610-6710-6810-6910-7010-7110-7210-7310-7410-7510-7610-7710-7810-7910-8010-8110-8210-8310-8410-8510-8610-8710-8810-8910-9010-9110-9210-9310-9410-9510-9610-9710-98

10-9910-10010-10110-10210-10310-10410-10510-10610-10710-10810-10910-110

20-120-220-320-420-520-620-720-820-920-1020-1120-1220-1320-1420-1520-1620-1720-1820-1920-2020-2120-2220-2320-2420-2520-2620-2720-28

20-2920-3020-3120-3220-3420-3520-3620-3720-3820-3920-4020-4120-42

30-130-230-330-430-530-630-730-830-930-1030-1130-1230-1330-1430-1530-1630-1730-1830-1930-2030-2130-2230-2330-2430-2530-2630-27

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REVISED PAGES

00-2-1

Mark Page Time of revision Mark Page Time of

revision Mark Page Time of revision Mark Page Time of

revision Mark Page Time of revision

30-2830-2930-3030-3130-3230-3330-3430-3530-3630-3730-3830-3930-4030-4130-4230-4330-4430-4530-4630-4730-4830-4930-5030-5130-5230-5330-5430-5530-5630-5730-5830-5930-6030-6130-6230-6330-6430-6530-6630-6730-68

40-140-240-340-440-540-640-740-840-940-1040-1140-1240-1340-1440-1540-1640-1740-18

40-1940-2040-2140-22

REVISED PAGES

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-2-2

SAFETY

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICEProper service and repair is extremely important for the safe operation of your machine. The service and repair techniques recommended by Komatsu Utility and describe in this manual are both ef-fective and safe methods of operation. Some of these operations require the use of tools specially designed by Komatsu Utility for the purpose.To prevent injury to workers, the symbols and are used to mark safety precautions in this manual. The cautions accompanying these symbols should always be carefully followed. If any danger arises or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take necessary steps to face.

SAFETYGENERAL PRECAUTIONSMistakes in operation extremely dangerous. Read all the Operation and Maintenance Manual care-fully BEFORE operating the machine.

1. Before carrying out any greasing or repairs, read all the precautions written on the decals which are suck on the machine.

2. When carrying out any operation, always wear safe-ty shoes and helmet. Do not wear loose work clothes, or clothes with buttons missing.• Always wear safety glasses when hitting parts

with a hammer.• Always wear safety glasses when grinding

parts with a grinder, etc.

3. If welding repairs are needed, always have a trained, experienced welder carry out the work. When carrying out welding work, always wear weld-ing gloves, apron, glasses, cap and other clothes suited for welding work.

4. When carrying out any operation with two or more workers, always agree on the operating procedure before starting. Always inform your fellow workers before starting any step of the operation. Before starting work, hang UNDER REPAIR signs on the controls in the operator’s compartment.

5. Keep all tools in good condition and learn the correct way to use them.

6. Decide a place in the repair workshop to keep tools and removed parts. Always keep the tools and parts in their correct places. Always keep the work area clean and make sure that there is no dirt or oil on the floor. Smoke only in the areas provided for smoking. Nev-er smoke while working.

PREPARATIONS FOR WORK 7. Before adding or making any repairs, park the ma-

chine on hard, level ground, and block the wheels to prevent the machine from moving.

8. Before starting work, lower outrigger, bucket or any other work equipment to the ground. If this is not possible, use blocks to prevent the work equipment from falling down. In addition, be sure to lock all the control levers and hang warning sign on them.

9. When disassembling or assembling, support the machine with blocks, jacks or stands before starting work.

10. Remove all mud and oil from the steps or other plac-es used to get on and off the machine. Always use the handrails, ladders or steps when getting on or off the machine. Never jump on or off the machine. If it is impossible to use the handrails, ladders or steps, use a stand to provide safe footing.

PRECAUTIONS DURING WORK11. When removing the oil filler cap, drain plug or hy-

draulic pressure measuring plugs, loosen them slowly to prevent the oil from spurting out. Before disconnecting or removing components of the hydraulic circuit and engine cooling circuit, first remove the pressure completely from the circuit.

12. The water and oil in the circuits are not hot when the engine in stopped, so be careful not to get burned. Wait for the oil water to cool before carrying out any work on the cooling water circuits.

13. Before starting work, remove the leads from the bat-tery. Always remove the lead from the negative ( – ) terminal first.

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-3

SAFETY

14. When raising heavy components, use a hoist or 19. Be sure to assemble all parts again in their original
crane. Check that the wire rope, chains and hooks are free from damage. Always use lifting equipment which has ample ca-pacity. Install the lifting equipment at the correct places. Use a hoist or crane and operate slowly to prevent the component from hitting any other part. Do not work with any part still raised by the hoist or crane.
15. When removing covers which are under internal pressure or under pressure from a spring, always leave two bolts in position on opposite sides. Slowly release the pressure, then slowly loosen the bolts to remove.

16. When removing components, be careful not to break or damage the wiring. Damage wiring may cause electrical fires.

17. When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil from spill-ing out. If any fuel or oil drips on to the floor, wipe it up immediately. Fuel or oil on the floor can cause you to slip, or can even start fires.

18. As a general rule, do not use gasoline to wash parts. In particular, use only the minimum of gasoline when washing electrical parts.

places. Replace any damage parts with new parts. When installing hoses and wires, be sure that they will not be damaged by contact with other parts when the machine is being operated.

20. When installing high pressure hoses, make sure that they are not twisted. Damaged tubes are dan-gerous, so be extremely careful when installing tubes for high pressure circuits. Also, check that connecting parts are correctly tightened.

21. When assembling or installing parts, always use specified tightening torques. When installing the parts which vibrate violently or rotate at high speed, be particulary careful to check that they are correctly installed.

22. When aligning two holes, never insert your fingers or hand.

23. When measuring hydraulic pressure, check that the measuring tool is correctly assembled before taking any measurement.

24. Take sure when removing or installing wheels.

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-4

FOREWORDThis shop manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the operator an accurate

understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to perform repairs and make judgements. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and use it to full effect at every opportunity.

This shop manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in a service work-shop.

The manual is divided into chapters on each main group of components; these chapters are further divided into the following sections.

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONThis section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.

TESTING AND ADJUSTINGThis sections explains checks to be made before and after performing repairs, as well as adjustments to be made at completion of the checks and repairs. Troubleshooting charts correlating «Problems» to «Causes» are also included in this section.

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLYThis section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or assembling each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.

MAINTENANCE STANDARDThis section gives the judgement standards when inspecting disassembled parts.

NOTE

The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any no-tice. Contact your Komatsu Utility distributor for the latest information.

FOREWORD

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-5

HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL

VOLUMES SYMBOLS
Shop manual are issued as a guide to carry out repairs. These various volumes are designed to avoid duplicat-ing the same information.
DISTRIBUTION AND UPDATINGAny additions, amendments or other changes will be sent to Komatsu Utility distributors. Get the most up-to-date information before you start any work.

FILING METHOD 1. See the page number on the bottom of the page.

File the pages in correct order.

2. Following examples show you how to read the page number. Example:

3. Additional pages: additional pages are indicated by a hyphen (–) and number after the page number. Fle as in the example. Example:

REVISED EDITION MARK (➀ ➁ ➂ ....)When a manual is revised, an edition mark is recorded on the bottom outside corner of the pages.

REVISIONSRevised pages are shown on the LIST OF REVISED PAGES between the title page and SAFETY page.

In order to make the shop manual greatly chelpful, im-portant points about safety and quality are marked with the following symbols.

10 3

Item number (10. Structure andFunction)

Consecutive page number for eachitem

-

10-4

10-4-1

10-4-2

10-5

Added pages

Symbol Item Remarks

Safety

Special safety precautions are necessary when performing the work.

Extra special safety precautions are necessary when performing the work because it is under in-ternal pressure.

★ Caution

Special technical precautions or other precautions for preserving standards are necessary when performing the work.

Weight

Weight of parts or systems. Caution necessary when select-ing hoisting wire, or when work-ing posture is important, etc.

Tighteningtorque

Parts that require special atten-tion for the tightening torque dur-ing assembly.

Coat Parts to be coated with adhe-sives and lubricants etc.

Oil, waterPlaces where oil, water or fuel must be added, and their quan-tity.

DrainPlaces where oil or water must be drained, and quantity to be drained.

HOW TO READ THE SHOP MANUAL

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-6

HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS

1. If a part cannot be smoothly removed from the ma-chine by hoisting, the following checks should be made:• Check for removal of all bolts fastening the part

to the relative parts.• Check for any part causing interference with

the part to be removed.

2. Wire ropes

1) Use adequate ropes depending on the weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to the table below:

The allowable load value is estimated to be one-sixth or one-seventh of the breaking strength of the rope used.

2) Sling wire ropes from the middle portion of the hook. Slinging near the edge of the hook may cause the rope to slip off the hook during hoisting, and a se-rious accident can result.

Hooks have maximum strength at the middle por-tion.

3) Do not sling a heavy load with one rope alone, but sling with two or more ropes symmetrically wound on to the load.Slinging with one rope may cause turning of the load during hoisting, untwisting of the rope, or slipping of the rope from its original winding position on the load, which can cause dangerous accidents.

4) Do not sling a heavy load with ropes forming a wide hanging angle from the hook. When hoisting a load with two or more ropes, the force subjected to each rope will increase with the hanging angles. The table below shows the variation of allowable load (kg) when hoisting is made with two ropes, each of which is allowed to sling up to 1000 kg ver-tically, at various handing angles. When two ropes sling a load vertically, up to 2000 kg of total weight can be suspended. This weight becomes 1000 kg when two ropes make a 120° hanging angle. On the other hand, two ropes are subjected to an ex-cessive force as large as 4000 kg if they sling a 2000 kg load at a lifting angle of 150°.

Heavy parts (25 kg or more) must be lifted with a hoist etc. In the Disassembly and Assem-bly section, every part weighing 25 kg or more is clearly indicated with the symbol

WIRE ROPES(Standard «S» or «Z» twist ropes

without galvanizing)

Rope diameter (mm) Allowable load (tons)

10.0

11.2

12.5

14.0

16.0

18.0

20.0

22.4

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

1.0

1.4

1.6

2.2

2.8

3.6

4.4

5.6

10.0

18.0

28.0

40.0

HOISTING INSTRUCTIONS

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-7

STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE

The following charts give the standard tightening torques of bolts and nuts. Exceptions are given in section of «Disassembly and Assembly».

1. STANDARD TIGHTENING TORQUE OF BOLTS AND NUT

This torque table does not apply to bolts or nuts which have to fasten nylon or other parts non-ferrous metal washer.

★ Nm (newton meter): 1 Nm = 0.102 kgm

Threaddiameter of bolts

(mm)

Pitch ofbolts(mm)

Width across flat(mm)

kgm Nm kgm Nm

6

8

10

12

14

1

1.25

1.5

1.75

2

10

13

17

19

22

8

6

8

10

12

0.96±0.1

2.3±0.2

4.6±0.5

7.8±0.8

12.5±1

9.5±1

23±2

45±4.9

77±8

122±13

1.3±0.15

3.2±0.3

6.5±0.6

11±1

17.5±2

13.5±1.5

32.2±3.5

63±6.5

108±11

172±18

16

18

20

22

24

2

2.5

2.5

2.5

3

24

27

30

32

36

14

14

17

17

19

19.5±2

27±3

38±4

52±6

66±7

191±21

262±28

372±40

511±57

644±70

27±3

37±4

53±6

73±8

92±10

268±29

366±36

524±57

719±80

905±98

27

30

33

36

39

3

3.5

3.5

4

4

41

46

50

55

60

19

22

24

27

----

96±10

131±14

177±20

230±25

295±33

945±100

1287±140

1740±200

2250±250

2900±330

135±15

184±20

250±27

320±35

410±45

1329±140

1810±190

2455±270

3150±350

4050±450


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-8

2. TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR NUTS OF FLARED

Use these torques for nut part of flared.

Thread diameterof nut part

(mm)

Width across flatsof nut part

(mm)

TIGHTENING TORQUE

kgm Nm

1/2” - 20

9/16” - 18

3/4” - 16

7/8” - 14

1.1/16 - 12

1.5/16 - 12

1.5/8 - 12

22

33

17

17

22

27

32

38

50

27

41

2.6±0.5

4±0.5

6.7±2

8±2

9.7±3

17±3

20±5

8±2

20±5

25.5±4.9

39.2±4.9

65.7±19.6

78.5±19.6

95.15±29.4

166.7±29.4

196.2±49

78.5±19.6

196.2±49

Thread diameterof nut part

(mm)

Width across flatsof nut part

(mm)

TIGHTENING TORQUE

kgm Nm

9/16” - 18

11/16” - 16

13/16” - 16

1” - 14

1.3/16 - 12

1.7/16 - 12

1.11/16 - 12

2” - 12

17

22

24

30

36

41

50

57

2.3–2.5

3.4–3.9

5.2–5.8

8.2–9.2

12.2–13.3

15.3–17.3

18.4–20.4

20.4–24.4

23–25

33–38

51–57

80–90

120–130

150–170

180–200

200–240

Sealing surface


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-9

COATING MATERIALSThe recommended coating materials prescribed in Komatsu Utility Shop Manuals are listed below:

Nomenclature Code Applications

Adhesives

Bostik 99 Used to apply rubber pads, rubber gaskets and cork plugs.

Loctite 406 Used to apply resin, rubber, metallic and non-metallic parts when a fast, strong seal is needed.

Loctite 222 Used for low resistance locking of screws, check nuts and adjustment nuts.

Loctite 242To prevent the loosening of bolts, nuts and plugs and the leakage of oil. Used for medium resistance locking of screws and nuts of every type, and for locking keys and bearings.

Loctite 262 Used for high resistant of threaded parts that can be removed with normal tools.

Loctite 270 Used for high resistant locking and for sealing threaded parts, bolts and stud bolts.

Loctite 542 Used for sealing the union threads for hydraulic tubes.

Loctite 573 Used for sealing rather exact plane surfaces when the option of possible future dismantling is required.

Loctite 601 Used for high resistant locking of mechanical components that can be removed only after heating

Loctite 675 Used to lock cylindrical couplings and for the permanent locking of threaded parts, and also to lock shafts to bearings, gears, pulleys, pins, bushings, etc.

Gasket sealant

Loctite 542 Used by itself to seal grease fittings, tapered screw fittings and tapered screw fittings in hydraulic circuits of less than 50 mm in diameter.

Loctite 510 Used by itself on mounting flat surface (Clearance between surfaces within 0.2 mm)

Loctite 518 Used by itself on mounting flat surface (Clearance between surfaces within 0.5 mm

Antifriction compound (Lubricant including Molybdenum disulfide)

Litio EP MS2NLGI 2

Applied to bearings and taper shaft to facilitate press-fitting and to prevent sticking, burning or rusting.

Grease (Lithium grease)

Litio EPNLGI 2

Applied to bearings, sliding parts and oil seals for lubrication, rust prevention and facilitation of assembling work.

Vaseline ----- Used for protecting battery electrode terminals from corrosion

COATING MATERIALS

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-10

ELECTRIC

In the wiring diagrams various colour and symbols are employed to indicate the thickness of wires. This wire code table will help you understand WIRING DIAGRAMS. Example: R–N 1.5 indicates a cable having a nominal number 1.5 and red coating with black stripe.

CLASSIFICATION BY THICKNESS

CLASSIFICATION BY COLOUR AND CODE

COMPOSITION OF THE COLOURSThe coloration of two-colour wires is indicated by the composition of the symbol listed. Example: G–V = Yellow-Green with longitudinal colouring

G/V = Yellow-Green with transversal colouring

Nominalnumber

Copper wireCable O.D.

(mm)Current rating

(A)Numberstrands

Ø of strands(mm)

Cross section(mm)

0.5 16 0.20 0.35 1.55 3.51 14 0.30 0.99 2.80 11

1.5 21 0.30 1.48 3.35 142.5 35 0.30 2.47 3.80 204 56 0.30 3.95 4.60 286 84 0.30 5.93 5.20 37

Primary AuxiliaryCode A A–B A/B A–G – A–N A/N A–R A–V A/VColour Light Blue Light Blue – White Light Blue–Yellow Light Blue–Black Light Blue–Red Light Blue–GreenCode B B–G – B–N B/N B–R B/R – – – –Colour White White–Yellow White–Black White–Red – –Code C C–B C/B C–L – C–N C/N – – – –Colour Orange Orange–White Orange–Blue Orange–Black – –Code G G–N G/N – G/R – – – – – –Colour Yellow Yellow–Black Yellow–Red – – –Code H H–L – H–N – H–R H/R – – – –Colour Grey Grey–Blue Grey–Black Grey–Red – –Code L – L/B L–G L/G L–N L/N L–R L/R – –Colour Blue Blue–White Blue–Yellow Blue–Black Blue–Red –Code M M–B M/B M–N – M–V – – – – –Colour Brown Brown–White Brown–Black Brown–Green – –Code N – – – – – – – – – –Colour Black – – – – –Code R R–G – R–N R/N R–V – – – – –Colour Red Red–Yellow Red–Black Red–Green – –Code S S–G – S–N S/N – – – – – –Colour Pink Pink–Yellow Pink–Black – – –Code V V–B V/B V–N V/N – – – – – –Colour Green Green–White Green–Black – – –Code Z Z–B – Z–N Z/N – – – – – –Colour Violet Violet–White Violet–Black – – –

ELECTRIC WIRE CODE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-11

WEIGHT TABLEThis weight table is a guide for use when transporting or handling components.

Unit: kg

Machine model SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

Engine assembly - Muffler - Exhaust pipe 200 200 200

Radiator 22 22 22

Hydraulic oil tank (without oil) 21.5 21.5 21.5

Engine hood 14.5 14.5 14.5

Cabin (without seat) 215 215 215

Seat:• standard• witj suspension

1016

1016

1016

Engine-pump group 278–285 283–290 283–290

Piston pump:• standard• High-Flow

7884

8288

8288

Wheel, assy. (standard) 43 44 44

Control valve:• 3-spool (standard)• 4-spool (High-Flow)

1921.5

1921.5

1921.5

Work equipment (without bucket)• Arm• Work equipment support• Bucket (L=1460 mm)• Tilt cylinder• Dump cylinder

28049

15917,312

29549

171,516,812

29549

171,516,812

WEIGHT TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-12

TABLE OF OIL AND COOLANT QUANTITIES

✽ ASTM D975 N.1IMPORTANT:(1) When the diesel oil sulphur content is less then 0.5%, change the engine oil according to the periodic maintenance

intervals indicated in the operation and maintenance manual. In the diesel oil sulphur content exceeds 0.5% change the engine oil according to the following table:

(2) When starting the engine at temperatures below 0 °C, use engine oil SAE 10W, 20W-20 and 10W-30, even if during the day the temperature increases by 10 °C.

(3) Use engine oil with CD classification; if oil with CD classification is used, reduce the engine oil change interval by a half.

(4) Use original products, which have characteristics specifically formulated and approved for the engine, the hydraulic circuit of equipment and for reductions.

First filling quantity: total quantity of oil, including the oil for the components and pipes.Oil change quantity: quantity of oil necessary to fill the system or unit during the normal inspection and maintenance operations.ASTM: American Society of Testing and MaterialsSAE: Society of Automotive EngineersAPI: American Petroleum Institute

RESERVOIR KIND OFFLUID

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CAPACITY (�)

-- 30 -- 20 -- 10 0 10 20 30 40 50°CSpecified Refill

Engine oil pan OIL• API CD 7.4 7.4

Hydraulic system and hydrostatic trasmissione

OIL• API CD 38 27

Hydraulic circuit with biodegradable oil 38 27

Final transmission case (ea.)

OIL• API CD

SK714-5:14.4

SK815-5SK815-5 turbo:

15.5

SK714-5:14.4

SK815-5SK815-5 turbo:

15.5

Fuel tank DIESEL OIL 50 –

Engine cooling system

WATER + ANTIFREEZE 9 –

PERMANENTCOOLANT 9 –

Sulphur content Engine oil change intervalfrom 0.5 to 1.0% 1/2 of regular interval

over 1.0% 1/4 of regular interval

SAE 10W-30

SAE 10W

SAE 5W-30

SAE 30

SAE 40

SAE 10W

SAE 5W-30

SAE 10W-30

✽

ASTM D975 N.2

TABLE OF OIL AND COOLANT QUANTITIES

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-13

PAGE INTENTIONALLYLEFT BLANK

CONVERSION TABLE

METHOD OF USING THE CONVERSION TABLE
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
EXAMPLE• Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches.

1. Convert 55 mm into inches.

1 - Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as , then drow a horizontal line from .

2 - Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as , then draw a perpendicular line down from .

3 - Take the point where the two lines cross as . This point gives the value when converting from mil-limeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm =2.165 in.

2. Convert 550 mm into inches

1 - The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10 (move the decimal point one place to the left) to convert it to 55 mm.

2 - Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55 mm to 2.165 in.

3 - The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 in. by 10 (move the decimal point one place to the right) to return to the original value. This gives 550 mm = 21.65 in.

From millimeters to inches1 mm = 0.03937 in.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0

0.394

0.787

1.181

1.575

1.969

2.362

2.756

3.150

3.543

0.039

0.433

0.827

1.220

1.614

2.008

2.402

2.795

3.189

3.583

0.079

0.472

0.866

1.260

1.654

2.047

2.441

2.835

3.228

3.622

0.118

0.512

0.906

1.299

1.693

2.087

2.480

2.874

3.268

3.661

0.157

0.551

0.945

1.339

1.732

2.126

2.520

2.913

3.307

3.701

0.197

0.591

0.984

1.378

1.772

2.165

2.559

2.953

3.346

3.740

0.236

0.630

1.024

1.417

1.811

2.205

2.598

2.992

3.386

3.780

0.276

0.669

1.063

1.457

1.850

2.244

2.638

3.032

3.425

3.819

0.315

0.709

1.102

1.496

1.890

2.283

2.677

3.071

3.465

3.858

0.354

0.748

1.142

1.536

1.929

2.323

2.717

3.110

3.504

3.898

AA

B

C C

A

B

C

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-15

From mm to in.
1 mm = 0.03937 in.
From kg to lb.1 kg = 2.2046 lb.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0

0.394

0.787

1.181

1.575

1.969

2.362

2.756

3.150

3.543

0.039

0.433

0.827

1.220

1.614

2.008

2.402

2.795

3.189

3.583

0.079

0.472

0.866

1.260

1.654

2.047

2.441

2.835

3.228

3.622

0.118

0.512

0.906

1.299

1.693

2.087

2.480

2.874

3.268

3.661

0.157

0.551

0.945

1.339

1.732

2.126

2.520

2.913

3.307

3.701

0.197

0.591

0.984

1.378

1.772

2.165

2.559

2.953

3.346

3.740

0.236

0.630

1.024

1.417

1.811

2.205

2.598

2.992

3.386

3.780

0.276

0.669

1.063

1.457

1.850

2.244

2.638

3.032

3.425

3.819

0.315

0.709

1.102

1.496

1.890

2.283

2.677

3.071

3.465

3.858

0.354

0.748

1.142

1.536

1.929

2.323

2.717

3.110

3.504

3.898

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0

22.05

44.09

66.14

88.18

110.23

132.28

154.32

176.37

198.42

2.20

24.25

46.30

68.34

90.39

112.44

134.48

156.53

178.57

200.62

4.41

26.46

48.50

70.55

92.59

114.64

136.69

158.73

180.78

202.83

6.61

28.66

50.71

72.75

94.80

116.85

138.89

160.94

182.98

205.03

8.82

30.86

51.91

74.96

97.00

119.05

141.10

163.14

185.19

207.24

11.02

33.07

55.12

77.16

99.21

121.24

143.30

165.35

187.39

209.44

13.23

35.27

57.32

79.37

101.41

123.46

145.51

167.55

189.60

211.64

15.43

37.48

59.53

81.57

103.62

125.66

147.71

169.76

191.80

213.85

17.64

39.68

61.73

83.78

105.82

127.87

149.91

171.96

194.01

216.05

19.84

41.89

63.93

85.98

108.03

130.07

152.12

174.17

196.21

218.26

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-16

CONVERSION TABLE

From liter to U.S. Gall.
1 � = 0.2642 U.S. Gall.
From liter to U.K. Gall.1 � = 0.21997 U.K. Gall.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0

2.642

5.283

7.925

10.567

13.209

15.850

18.492

21.134

23.775

0.264

2.906

5.548

8.189

10.831

13.473

16.115

18.756

21.398

24.040

0.528

3.170

5.812

8.454

11.095

13.737

16.379

19.020

21.662

24.304

0.793

3.434

6.076

8.718

11.359

14.001

16.643

19.285

21.926

24.568

1.057

3.698

6.340

8.982

11.624

14.265

16.907

19.549

22.190

24.832

1.321

3.963

6.604

9.246

11.888

14.529

17.171

19.813

22.455

25.096

1.585

4.227

6.869

9.510

12.152

14.795

17.435

20.077

22.719

25.361

1.849

4.491

7.133

9.774

12.416

15.058

17.700

20.341

22.983

25.625

2.113

4.755

7.397

10.039

12.680

15.322

17.964

20.605

23.247

25.889

2.378

5.019

7.661

10.303

12.944

15.586

18.228

20.870

23.511

26.153

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0

2.200

4.399

6.599

8.799

10.998

13.198

15.398

17.598

19.797

0.220

2.420

4.619

6.819

9.019

11.281

13.418

15.618

17.818

20.017

0.440

2.640

4.839

7.039

9.239

11.438

13.638

15.838

18.037

20.237

0.660

2.860

5.059

7.259

9.459

11.658

13.858

16.058

12.257

20.457

0.880

3.080

5.279

7.479

9.679

11.878

14.078

16.278

18.477

20.677

1.100

3.300

5.499

7.969

9.899

12.098

14.298

16.498

18.697

20.897

1.320

3.520

5.719

7.919

10.119

12.318

14.518

16.718

18.917

21.117

1.540

3.740

5.939

8.139

10.339

12.528

14.738

16.938

19.137

21.337

1.760

3.950

6.159

8.359

10.559

12.758

14.958

17.158

19.357

21.557

1.980

4.179

6.379

8.579

10.778

12.978

15.178

17.378

19.577

21.777

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-17

From Nm to lb.ft.
1 Nm = 0.737 lb.ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

0

7.370

14.740

22.110

29.480

36.850

44.220

51.590

58.960

66.330

73.700

81.070

88.440

95.810

103.180

110.550

117.920

125.290

132.660

140.030

0.737

8.107

15.477

22.847

30.217

37.587

44.957

52.327

59.697

67.067

74.437

81.807

89.177

96.547

103.917

111.287

118.657

126.027

133.397

140.767

1.474

8.844

16.214

23.584

30.954

38.324

45.694

53.064

60.434

67.804

75.174

82.544

89.914

97.284

104.654

112.024

119.394

126.764

134.134

141.504

2.211

9.581

16.951

24.321

31.691

39.061

46.431

53.801

61.171

68.541

75.911

83.281

90.651

98.021

105.391

112.761

120.131

127.501

134.871

142.241

2.948

10.318

17.688

25.058

32.428

39.798

47.168

54.538

61.908

69.278

76.648

84.018

91.388

98.758

106.128

113.498

120.868

128.238

135.608

142.978

3.685

11.055

18.425

25.795

33.165

40.535

47.905

55.275

82.645

70.015

77.385

84.755

92.125

99.495

106.865

114.235

121.605

128.975

136.345

143.715

4.422

11.792

19.162

26.532

33.902

41.272

48.642

56.012

63.382

70.752

78.122

85.492

92.862

100.232

107.602

114.972

122.342

129.712

137.082

144.452

5.159

12.529

19.899

27.269

34.639

42.009

49.379

56.749

64.119

71.489

78.859

86.229

93.599

100.969

108.339

115.709

123.079

130.449

137.819

145.189

5.896

13.266

20.636

28.006

35.376

42.746

50.116

57.486

64.856

72.226

79.596

86.966

94.336

101.706

109.076

116.446

123.816

131.186

138.556

145.926

6.633

14.003

21.373

28.743

36.113

43.483

50.853

58.223

65.593

72.963

80.333

87.703

95.073

102.443

109.813

117.183

124.553

131.923

139.293

146.663

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-18

From Nm to kgm
1 Nm = 0.102 kgm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

0

1.020

2.040

3.060

4.080

5.100

6.120

7.140

8.160

9.180

10.200

11.220

12.240

13.260

14.280

15.300

16.320

17.340

18.360

19.380

0.102

1.222

2.142

3.162

4.182

5.202

6.222

7.242

8.262

9.282

10.302

11.322

12.342

13.362

14.382

15.402

16.422

17.442

18.462

19.482

0.204

1.224

2.244

3.264

4.284

5.304

6.324

7.344

8.364

9.384

10.404

11.424

12.444

13.464

14.484

15.504

16.524

17.544

18.564

19.584

0.306

1.326

2.346

3.366

4.386

5.406

6.426

7.446

8.466

9.486

10.506

11.526

12.546

13.566

14.586

15.606

16.626

17.646

18.666

19.686

0.408

1.428

2.448

3.468

4.488

5.508

6.528

7.548

8.568

9.588

10.608

11.628

12.648

13.668

14.688

15.708

16.728

17.748

18.768

19.788

0.510

1.530

2.550

3.570

4.590

5.610

6.630

7.650

8.670

9.690

10.710

11.730

12.750

13.770

14.790

15.810

16.830

17.850

18.870

19.890

0.612

1.632

2.652

3.672

4.692

5.712

6.732

7.752

8.772

9.792

10.812

11.832

12.852

13.872

14.892

15.912

16.932

17.952

18.972

19.992

0.714

1.734

2.754

3.774

4.794

5.814

6.834

7.854

8.874

9.894

10.914

11.934

12.954

13.974

14.994

16.014

17.034

18.054

19.074

20.094

0.816

1.836

2.856

3.876

4.896

5.916

6.936

7.956

8.976

9.996

11.016

12.036

13.056

14.076

15.096

16.116

17.136

18.156

19.176

20.196

0.918

1.938

2.958

3.978

4.998

6.018

7.038

8.058

9.078

10.098

11.118

12.138

13.158

14.178

15.198

16.218

17.238

18.258

19.278

20.298

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-19

From kgm to lb.ft.
1 kgm = 7.233 lb.ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

0

72.3

144.7

217.0

289.3

361.7

434.0

506.3

578.6

651.0

723.3

795.6

868.0

940.3

1012.6

1084.9

1157.3

1129.6

1301.9

1374.3

7.2

79.6

151.9

224.2

296.6

368.9

441.2

513.5

585.9

658.2

730.5

802.9

875.2

947.5

1019.9

1092.2

1164.5

1236.8

1309.2

1381.5

14.5

86.8

159.1

231.5

303.8

376.1

448.5

520.8

593.1

665.4

737.8

810.1

882.4

954.8

1027.1

1099.4

1171.7

1244.1

1316.4

1388.7

21.7

94.0

166.4

238.7

311.0

383.4

455.7

528.0

600.3

672.2

745.0

817.3

889.7

962.0

1034.3

1106.6

1179.0

1251.3

1323.6

1396.0

28.9

101.3

173.6

245.9

318.3

390.6

462.9

535.2

607.6

679.9

752.2

824.6

896.9

969.2

1041.5

1113.9

1186.2

1258.5

1330.9

1403.2

36.2

108.5

180.8

253.2

325.5

397.8

470.2

542.5

614.8

687.1

759.5

831.8

904.1

876.5

1048.8

1121.1

1193.4

1265.8

1338.1

1410.4

43.4

115.7

188.1

260.4

332.7

405.1

477.4

549.7

622.0

694.4

766.7

839.0

911.4

983.7

1056.0

1128.3

1200.7

1273.0

1345.3

1417.7

50.6

123.0

195.3

267.6

340.0

412.3

484.6

556.9

629.3

701.6

773.9

846.3

918.6

990.9

1063.2

1135.6

1207.9

1280.1

1352.6

1424.9

57.9

130.2

202.5

274.9

347.2

419.5

491.8

564.2

636.5

708.8

781.2

853.5

925.8

998.2

1070.5

1142.8

1215.1

1287.5

1359.8

1432.1

65.1

137.4

209.8

282.1

354.4

426.8

499.1

571.4

643.7

716.1

788.4

860.7

933.1

1005.4

1077.7

1150.0

1222.4

1294.7

1367.0

1439.4

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-20

From bar to psi (lb/in2)
1 bar = 14.503 psi
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

230

240

0

145.0

290.0

435.1

580.1

725.1

870.2

1015.2

1160.2

1305.3

1450.3

1595.3

1740.4

1885.4

2030.4

2175.4

2320.5

2465.5

2610.5

2755.6

2900.6

3045.6

3190.7

3335.7

3480.7

14.5

159.5

304.6

449.6

594.6

739.6

884.7

1029.7

1174.7

1319.8

1464.8

1609.8

1754.9

1899.9

2044.9

2189.9

2335.0

2480.0

2625.0

2770.0

2915.1

3060.1

3205.2

3350.2

3495.2

29.0

174.0

319.1

464.1

609.1

754.1

899.2

1044.2

1189.2

1334.3

1479.3

1624.3

1769.4

1914.4

2059.4

2204.4

2349.5

2494.5

2639.5

2784.6

2929.6

3074.6

3219.7

3364.7

3509.7

43.5

188.5

333.6

478.6

623.6

768.6

913.7

1058.7

1203.7

1348.8

1493.8

1638.8

1783.9

1928.9

2073.9

2218.9

2364.0

2509.0

2654.0

2799.1

2944.1

3089.1

3234.2

3379.2

3524.2

58.0

203.0

348.1

493.1

638.1

783.2

928.2

1073.2

1218.2

1363.3

1508.3

1653.3

1798.4

1943.4

2088.4

2233.5

2378.5

2523.5

2668.5

2813.6

2958.6

3103.6

3248.7

3393.7

3538.7

72.5

217.5

362.6

507.6

652.6

797.7

942.7

1087.7

1232.7

1377.8

1522.8

1667.8

1812.9

1957.9

2102.9

2248.0

2393.0

2538.0

2683.0

2828.1

2973.1

3118.1

3263.2

3408.2

3553.2

87.0

232.0

377.1

522.1

667.1

812.2

957.2

1102.2

1247.2

1392.3

1537.3

1682.3

1827.4

1972.4

1217.4

2262.5

2407.5

2552.5

2697.7

2842.6

2987.6

3132.6

3277.7

3422.7

3567.7

101.5

246.5

391.6

536.6

681.6

826.7

971.7

1116.7

1261.8

1406.8

1551.8

1696.8

1841.9

1986.9

2131.9

2277.0

2422.0

2567.0

2712.1

2857.1

3002.1

3147.1

3192.2

3437.2

3582.2

116.0

261.0

406.1

551.1

696.1

841.2

986.2

1131.2

1276.3

1421.3

1566.3

1711.3

1856.4

2001.4

2146.4

2291.5

2436.5

2581.5

2726.6

2871.6

3016.6

3161.6

3306.7

3451.7

3596.7

130.5

275.6

420.6

565.6

710.6

855.7

1000.7

1145.7

1290.8

1435.8

1580.8

1725.8

1870.8

2015.9

2160.9

2306.0

2451.0

2596.0

2641.1

2886.1

3031.1

3176.1

3321.2

3466.2

3611.2

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo 00-21

TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion; a simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centigrade tem-perature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of Fahrenheit tem-peratures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of Centigrade val-ues and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1 °C = 33.8°F

°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F

–40.4–37.2–34.4–31.7–28.9

–28.3–27.8–27.2–26.7–26.1

–25.6–25.0–24.4–23.9–23.3

–22.8–22.2–21.7–21.1–20.6

–20.0–19.4–18.9–18.3–17.8

–17.2–16.7–16.1–15.6–15.0

–14.4–13.9–13.3–12.8–12.2

–40–35–30–25–20

–19–18–17–16–15

–14–13–12–11–10

–9–8–7–6–5

–4–3–2–1

0

12345

6789

10

–40.0–31.0–22.0–13.0

–4.0

–2.2–0.4

1.43.25.0

6.88.6

10.412.214.0

15.817.619.421.223.0

24.826.628.430.232.0

33.835.637.439.241.0

42.844.646.448.250.0

–11.7–11.1–10.6–10.0

–9.4

–8.9–8.3–7.8–7.2–6.7

–6.1–5.6–5.0–4.4–3.9

–3.3–2.8–2.2–1.7–1.1

–0.60.00.61.11.7

2.22.83.33.94.4

5.05.66.16.77.2

1112131415

1617181920

2122232425

2627282930

3132333435

3637383940

4142434445

51.853.655.457.259.0

60.862.664.466.268.0

69.871.673.475.277.0

78.880.672.484.286.0

87.889.691.493.295.0

96.898.6

100.4102.2104.0

105.8107.6109.4111.2113.0

7.88.38.99.4

10.0

10.611.111.712.212.8

13.313.914.415.015.6

16.116.717.217.818.3

18.919.420.020.621.1

21.722.222.823.323.9

24.425.025.626.126.7

4647484950

5152535455

5657585960

6162636465

6667686970

7172737475

7677787980

144.8116.6118.4120.2122.0

123.8125.6127.4129.2131.0

132.8134.6136.4138.2140.0

141.8143.6145.4147.2149.0

150.8152.6154.4156.2158.0

159.8161.6163.4165.2167.0

168.8170.6172.4174.2176.0

27.227.828.328.929.4

30.030.631.131.732.2

32.833.333.934.435.0

35.636.136.737.237.8

40.643.346.148.951.7

54.457.260.062.765.6

68.371.173.976.779.4

8182838485

8687888990

9192939495

96979899

100

105110115120125

130135140145150

155160165170175

117.8179.6181.4183.2185.0

186.8188.6190.4192.2194.0

195.8197.6199.4201.2203.0

204.8206.6208.4210.2212.0

221.0230.0239.0248.0257.0

266.0275.0284.02930

302.0

311.0320.0329.0338.0347.0

CONVERSION TABLE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo00-22

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

P.T.O. ........................................................................ 2Power train ................................................................ 3Transmission ............................................................. 4Final drive .................................................................. 6Hydraulic circuit SK714-5 (Standard) ...................... 13Hydraulic circuit SK714-5 (High-flow) ...................... 14Hydraulic circuit SK714-5 (Road homologation)...... 15Hydraulic circuit SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (Standard) ...................... 16Hydraulic circuit SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (High-flow)...................... 17Hydraulic circuit SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (Road homologation)...... 18Hydraulic pump........................................................ 19Control valve (3-Spool) ............................................ 38Control valve (4-Spool) ............................................ 41CLSS ....................................................................... 45Solenoid valve ......................................................... 53Accumulator............................................................. 55

Pattern change valve (Optional) ...............................56R.H. PPC Valve (Standard)......................................60R.H. PPC Valve (Pattern Change) (Optional) ..........64L.H. PPC Valve (Standard) ......................................68L.H. PPC VALVE (Pattern Change) (Optional) ........72Cylinders ..................................................................76Electrical diagram (Engine line)................................77Electrical diagram (Frame line standard) .................81Electrical diagram (Frame line optional) ..................85Electrical diagram (Cabin line standard) ..................89Electrical diagram (Cabin line optional)....................95Electrical diagram (Top-cabin light line standard) ..103Electrical diagram (Top-cabin light line omologation) .105Electrical diagram (Standard).................................107Electrical diagram (Optional) ..................................109

10-1SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

P.T.O.

1. Joint 2. Spring pin 3. Dumper 4. Flywheel cover 5. Hydraulic pump

RKS01090

4

2

3

1

5


10-2

P.T.O.

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

POWER TRAIN

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

1. Engine 2. Hydraulic pump 3. Control valve 4. Solenoid valve

4a. Speed increment4b. Servocontrol4c. Parking brake

5. High-flow solenoid valve 6. L.H. final drive 7. R.H. final drive 8. Axle


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

POWER TRAIN

10-3

TRANSMISSION

1. L.H. final drive 2. Front trasmission chain 3. Rear trasmission chain 4. Master link

��

�

�

� ��

��

��

��

� �

�


10-4

TRANSMISSION

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

1. Front wheel 2. Axle housing 3. Sprocket 4. Shaft 5. Front trasmission chain 6. Rear wheel 7. Rear trasmission chain

RKS01010

4 532

1

437 2

6

Section B - B

Section C -C


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TRANSMISSION

10-5

FINAL DRIVE

RKS01020

A

a

Z

A

b

d

ce

View Z

L.H. FINAL DRIVEa. A Port – To hydraulic pump (PA2 port)b. B Port – To hydraulic pump (PB2 port)c. PP1 Port – From solenoid valve group ST1(A Port)

(2nd speed)d. PP2 Port – From solenoid valve group ST1 (C Port)

(parking brake)e. DR Port – To hydraulic tank

R.H. FINAL DRIVEa. A Port – To hydraulic pump (PB1 port)b. B Port – To hydraulic pump (PA1 port)c. PP1 Port – From solenoid valve group ST1(A Port)

(2nd speed)d. PP2 Port – From solenoid valve group ST1 (C Port)

(parking brake)e. DR Port – To hydraulic tank


10-6

FINAL DRIVE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS01031

1

2 3

4 5 6

10

7

8

9

11

12

14

13

1516

17

18192021

22

BB

Section A - A

Section B - B

2928

2726

25

24

23

26

1. Shaft 2. Bearing 3. Bearing 4. Body 5. Pin 6. Gear 7. Shoe 8. Brake piston

9. Plate10. Cylinder block11. Bearing12. Spring13. Piston14. Brake spring15. Bushing16. Retainer plate

17. Swash plate18. Plate19. Shaft20. Flange21. Collar22. Gasket23. Plug24. Spring

25. Spool26. Plug27. Spool28. Plug29. Spring


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FINAL DRIVE

10-7

DESCRIPTIONThe final drive motor consists of:
1. 2-speed hydraulic motor2. Selector valve3. Reduction gearing
1. HYDRAULIC MOTOR

FunctionThe hydraulic motor is of the axial piston type, and converts hydraulic energy supplied by the pump into rotary motion.

OperationThe hydraulic oil arriving from the selector valve is sent on to the valve plate (1). When the oil is sent to port “A” of the valve, it flows into the corresponding port on the cylinder block (2) and presses against the pistons (3).This pressure is converted into rotary motion by a swash plate (4) and hence transmitted to the shaft (5). The shaft and the cylinder block have been integrated into one piece by means of splined toothing.The return oil is sent to the pump through port “B”.Rotation in the opposite direction is achieved by sending the oil to port “B” instead of to port “A”..

Varying the displacementThe swash plate (4), which has two surfaces “A” and “B” on the side opposite the sliding side for the shoes (6), is sup-ported by two bearings (7) attached to the body of the motor (8).The position of the bearings is eccentric with respect to the axis of the shaft and when running at low speed the surface “A” remains in contact with the body of the motor through the pressure exerted by the pistons (3) and by the force of a spring (9) mounted in the cylinder block (2).The angle of the swash plate is α.When an increase in speed is demanded, the oil is sent under pressure to the command piston (10). The command pi-ston (10) moves to the left ( ) until the surface “B” makes contact with the housing and the angle of the swash plate becomes β (the displacement of the motor is reduced).

RKS01050

5 4

2

1

3B

A


10-8

FINAL DRIVE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

.

BrakeThe hydraulic motor is equipped with a negative brake.• When the motor is at a standstill, or when the operator applies the brake, the braking piston (1) is pushed to the left

( ) by the force of the springs (2). The friction disk (3), which has been integrated with the cylinder block by means of semicircular grooves, is com-pressed between steel disks (4) and (5), which are integrated with the housing, and is thus blocked. The drive shaft (6) can therefore no longer turn.

• When the motor is running and the operator disengages the brake, oil is sent under pressure to the chamber “A”. The force exerted by the oil is greater than the force of the springs (2) and the piston (1) is therefore pushed to the right ( ) thus releasing the friction disk (3) and permitting rotation of the cylinder block (7) (and also of the drive shaft).

RKS01040

4

7

8 10

3 4

7

8 10

923

B

A

�923

B

A

�

6

3

RKS01060

7

4

7

4

31

25

6

A3 1

25

6

A


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FINAL DRIVE

10-9

2. FLUSHING RELIEF VALVE
When the oil is sent under pressure to the “A” port, the oil that activated the motor returns to the pump through the “B”port. The pressurised oil sent to the “A” port is also introduced into the chamber “C”. It now pushes the selector valve (1) to the right ( ). This opens communication between the “B” port and the oil gallery “D”, which is connected to the over-pressure limitation valve (2).If the pressure present at port “B” exceeds the calibration value of the overpressure limitation valve (2), this valve will open and discharge the excess oil into the reduction gears.The valve also functions in the same way when the pressurised oil is sent to the “B” port. The only difference is that the selector valve moves to the left ( ), and the oil gallery “D” communicates with the “A” port..
RKS01070

1

2 D

C

A B

1

2 D

C

A B


10-10

FINAL DRIVE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

3. REDUCTION GEARING

FunctionThis final drive motor is equipped with a one-stage epicycloidal reduction gear that converts the high rotation speed and low torque of the hydraulic motor into low speed and high torque at the swing pinion.

Operating principleThe rotary movement of the output shaft of the motor is transmitted to the gear (s1) and hence to the bevel gears (b1) whi-ch are integrated with the planetary gear (1).Since the gear (a1) is fixed with respect to the output shaft of the hydraulic motor, the planetary gear is obliged to turn, mo-ving with it the output shaft (2) of the reduction gearing (connected to the planetary gear by means of grooved toothing). The reduction ratio of the rotation speed is described by the formula:

R= Zs1/(Zs1+Za1)Zs1= number of sun gear teethZa1= number of ring gear teeth

RKS01080

2

a1

s1

b1

1


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FINAL DRIVE

10-11

10-13SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

12345678910111213141516

TRAVEL MOTOR R.H.

RED

DR

B APP1 PP2

ł6.5 L=500(9/16-18 JIC)

ł9.5 L=1300(9/16-18 JIC)

TRAVEL MOTOR L.H.

RED

DR

BA PP1PP2

ł6.5 L=600(9/16-18 JIC)

ł9.5 L=1300(9/16-18 JIC)

ł19.1 L=850(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19 L=1650(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19.1 L=800(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł16t2

ł20 L=1000

ł9.5 L=1050 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

BUCKET CYL. R.H.

ł9.5 L=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

BUCKET CYL. L.H.

ł9.5 L=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

LIFTARM CYL. R.H.

ł9.5 L=1750 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=1100 (13/16-16 ORFS)

LIFTARM CYL. L.H.

ł9.5 L=1750 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=1100 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=1800 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=1800 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

E

ł19.1 L=1100 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł19 L=1450 (1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł20

ł25.4 L=500(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł25.4 L=620(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł9.5 L=1000 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł6.5 L=680 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł6.5 L=350 (9/16-18 JIC)

PA1 DA1 DB1 DB2 DA2 PA2 P4

PB1 T5 PB2 S3 S4E2

–40cm‡ /rev –40cm‡/rev

SV1 SV2 SV3

A B C

P

T

B2

A2

B1

A1

RELIEFVALVE

UNLOADVALVE

19.6MPa(195kg/cm†)

ł0.5

B3

PORTPA3

A3

ł6.5 L=400 (1/2-20 JIC)

PORTPB3

PORTPB2

PORTPB1

PORTP

PORTT

BUCKET DUMPBUCKET CURL

LIFT ARMRAISE

PORTTS

PORTPA1

LIFT ARMLOVER

PORTPA2

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2

ł6.5 L=400(1/2-20 JIC)

T

P

ł6.5

L=6

00 (9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł6.5

L=6

80 (9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł6.4 L=1500(1/2-20 JIC)

ł6.4 L=1500(1/2-20 JIC)

ł6.4 L=950(1/2-20 JIC)

ł6.4 L=950(1/2-20 JIC)

P1

PPC VALVE L.H. PPC VALVE R.H.

P2 P2P1

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

Pout1 Pout3 Pout2 Pout4

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

100 MESH

ł6.4

L=9

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=8

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=6

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=6

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł10

L=10

50(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

100MESH

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2

P1 P2 P3 P4

RKS03460

ł10

L=10

50(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ENGINE4D88E-5KFD

33.6/2800 kw/rpm

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK714-5 (STANDARD)

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK714-5 (STANDARD)

RIGHT BUCKET CYLINDER

min. lenght 613 mmcod. 37A6C11300

ł 60 x ł30 stroke 357

LIFT CYLINDER



LIFT CYLINDER



LEFT BUCKET CYLINDER



Pb2

Pb1

AUXILIARY KIT

Pa1

Pa2

Pa3

Pb1 Pb2

Pb3

LEVELING FOR

ARM FLOAT

12V

LEVELING FOR

Pa4Pb4

P:M24X1.5T:M24X1.5

Ts:9/16-18 UNF

UNLOADVALVE

Pa3-4;Pb3-4: M14X1.5Pa1-2;Pb1-2: M10X1.25

A; B: M18X1.5

MAIN VALVE

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/

4 [9

/16-

18 J

IC]

P

T

LIFTARM BUCKET

100

T

P

L.P2L.P1L.P4L.P3L.P3L.P4L.P1 L.P2

A3B3

20.6 MPa

100

FOWRWARD LEFTTURN

BACKWARD

R.H PPC VALVE L.H PPC VALVE(TRAVEL)(WORKING)

UPDOWN DIGING DUMP

A1B1

A2B2

LIFTARM

BUCKET

MESH MESH

RED

RIGHTTURN

a b c d

a

b

c

d

MICRON147

MICRON147

10MICRON

P

T

MICRON147

MESH100

ATTACHMENTPPC VALVE

B4A4

KIT

HI-FLOW

0304

05

11 12

13

14

RAULIC CIRCUIT SK714-5 (HIGH-FLOW)

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK714-5 (HIGH-FLOW) STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

HYD

10-14 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

1234567891011121314151617181920212223

150 MESH

25 micron

(104 micron)

THE GEAR PUMP FOR THE HIGH-FLOW

MUST BE 36.6 CC/REV; 206 BAR.

ARM LOWERARM RISE

HYDRAULIC MOTORS

A; B: 1/2" GASPP; DR; BR: 1/4" GAS

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR B46

STANDARD VERSION

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

ENGINE4D88E-5KFD

33.6/2800 kw/rpm

E

T

P

A B

F R F R

APP DRB BR

PP DR BR

RED

A B

1 2 43

RKS03470

01

02

02

10

09

06

07

08

10-15SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK714-5 (ROAD HOMOLOGATION)

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK714-5 (ROAD HOMOLOGATION)

12345678910111213141516

TRAVEL MOTOR R.H.

RED

DR

B APP1 PP2

ł6.5 L=500(9/16-18 JIC)

ł9.5 L=1300(9/16-18 JIC)

TRAVEL MOTOR L.H.

RED

DR

BA PP1PP2

ł6.5 L=600(9/16-18 JIC)

ł9.5 L=1300(9/16-18 JIC)

ł19.1 L=850(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19 L=1650(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19.1 L=800(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł16t2

ł20 L=1000

ł9.5 L=1050 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 L=950 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

BUCKET CYL. R.H.

ł9.5 L=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

BUCKET CYL. L.H.

ł9.5 L=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

LIFTARM CYL. R.H.

ł9.5 L=1750(13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=1100(13/16-16 ORFS)

LIFTARM CYL. L.H.

ł9.5 L=1750(13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 L=1100(13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=1800 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=1800 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

E

ł19.1 L=1100 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł19 L=1450 (1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł20

ł25.4 L=500(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł25.4 L=620(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł9.5 L=1000 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł6.5 L=680 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł6.5 L=350 (9/16-18 JIC)


PB1 T5 PB2 S3 S4E2

–40cm‡/rev –40cm‡/rev

SV1 SV2 SV3

A B C

P

T S

B2

A2

B1

A1

RELIEFVALVE

UNLOADVALVE

19.6MPa(195kg/cm†)

ł0.5

B3

PORTPA3

A3

ł6.5 L=400 (1/2-20 JIC)

PORTPB3

PORTPB2

PORTPB1

PORTP

PORTT

BUCKET DUMP BUCKET CURL

LIFT ARMRAISE

PORTTS

PORTPA1

LIFT ARMLOWER

PORTPA2

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 L=3450 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2

ł6.5 L=400(1/2-20 JIC)

T

P

ł6.5

L=6

00 (9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł6.5

L=6

80 (9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł6.4 L=1500(1/2-20 JIC)

ł6.4 L=1500(1/2-20 JIC)

ł6.4 L=950(1/2-20 JIC)

ł6.4 L=950(1/2-20 JIC)

P1


P2 P2P1

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)


ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

100 MESH

ł6.4

L=9

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=8

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=6

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=6

50 (1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł10

L=10

50(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

100MESH

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł6.4

L=4

35(1

/2-2

0 JI

C)

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł10

L=52

0(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł10

L=10

50(9

/16-

18 J

IC)

ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2

P1 P2 P3 P4

RKA03480

ENGINE4D88E-5KFD

33.6/2800 kw/rpm

10-16 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

12345678910111213141516

LIFT ARM RAISE

BUCKET DUMPPORTPA2

PORTPB1

PORTPB2

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAMTS

B2

A2

P

T

B1

A1

PORTPORT

RELIEFVALVEPORT

UNLOADVALVE

19.1MPa{195kg/cm†}

ł0.5

PORTPA1

LIFT ARMLOWER

PORT

PORTPB3

B3

PA3

A3

RED

RED

P

T

P1


P2 P4 P3

P1 P2 P3 P4

SV1

A B C

P

T

E

SV2 SV3

ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2 ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł6.5 l=400 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.5 l=400 (1/2-20JIC)

ł9.5 l=1100 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1750 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1100 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1750 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

LIFTARM CYL. L.H.

LIFTARM CYL. R.H.

BUCKET CYL. L.H.

BUCKET CYL. R.H.


100MESH

100MESH

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł10 l=1050(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=1050(9/16-18JIC)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.5

l=60

0 (9

/16-

18JI

C)

ł6.5

l=68

0 (9

/16-

18JI

C)

ł6.4 l=1500 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=1500 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=950 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=950 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4

l=65

0 (1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=65

0 (1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=85

0 (1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=95

0 (1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.5 l=350 (9/16-18JIC)

ł9.5 l=1000 (9/16-18JIC)

ł6.5 l=680 (9/16-18JIC)

ł25.4 l=620(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł25.4 l=500(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł19 l=1450(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł20

ł20 l=1000

ł9.5 l=1050 (9/16-18JIC)

ł19.1 l=900(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19 l=1650(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19.1 l=850(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł16t2

ł19.1 l=1100 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1300 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł9.5 l=1300 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł12.7 l=1950 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 l=1950 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2


ł7.3–40cm‡/rev

PB1 T5 PB2 S3 S4

–40cm‡/rev

TRAVEL MOTOR L.H.

TRAVEL MOTOR R.H.

PP1 B A PP2

ł6.5 l=600(9/16-18 JIC)

ł6.5 l=500(9/16-18 JIC)

PP2A B

PP1

DR

DR

RKS03490

SK815-5ENGINE

4D88E-5KFD33.6/2800 kw/rpm

SK815-5 turboENGINE

S4D84E-5KFD38.6/3000 kw/rpm

RAULIC CIRCUIT SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (STANDARD)

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (STANDARD)

HYD

10-17 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RAULIC CIRCUIT SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (HIGH-FLOW)

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (HIGH-FLOW)

1234567891011121314151617181920212223

P

T

LIFTARM BUCKET

100

T

P

L.P2L.P1L.P4L.P3L.P3L.P4L.P1 L.P2

E

A3

B3

T

P

A B

20.6 MPa

F R F R

100

FOWRWARD LEFTTURN

BACKWARD

R.H PPC VALVE L.H PPC VALVE(TRAVEL)(WORKING)

UPDOWN DIGING DUMP

A1

B1

A2

B2

LIFTARM

BUCKET

MESH MESH

APP DRB BR

RED

PP DR BR

RED

A B

RIGHTTURN

a b c d

1 2 43

MICRON147

MICRON147

10MICRON

P

T

MICRON147MESH100

ATTACHMENTPPC VALVE

B4A4 HI-FLOW

1 2 43

KIT

150 MESH

25 micron

RIGHT BUCKET CYLINDER



LIFT CYLINDER



(104 micron)

LIFT CYLINDER



LEFT BUCKET CYLINDER



Pb2

Pb1

AUXILIARY KIT

Pa1

Pa2

Pa3

Pb1 Pb2

Pb3

LEVELING FORARM LOWER

ARM FLOAT

12V

LEVELING FORARM RISE

Pa4Pb4

P:M24X1.5T:M24X1.5

Ts:9/16-18 UNF

UNLOADVALVE

Pa3-4;Pb3-4: M14X1.5Pa1-2;Pb1-2: M10X1.25

A; B: M18X1.5

HYDRAULIC MOTORS

A; B: 1/2" GASPP; DR; BR: 1/4" GAS

MAIN VALVE

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR B46

STANDARD VERSION

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/

4 [9

/16-

18 J

IC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

RKS03500łi=1/4 [9/16-18 JIC]

CONTROL VALVEACS

VALVESHUTTLE

ł=8

SK815-5ENGINE

4D88E-5KFD33.6/2800 kw/rpm

SK815-5 turboENGINE


a

b

c

d

01

02

02

0304

05

10

11

09

06

07

08

12

13

14

HYD

10-18 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RAULIC CIRCUIT SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (ROAD HOMOLOGATION)

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo (ROAD HOMOLOGATION)

12345678910111213141516

LIFT ARM RAISE

BUCKET DUMP BUCKET CURLPORTPA2

PORTPB1

PORTPB2

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

TS

B2

A2

P

T

B1

A1

PORT

PORT

RELIEFVALVEPORT

UNLOADVALVE

19.1MPa{195kg/cm†}

ł0.5

PORTPA1

LIFT ARMLOWER

PORT

PORTPB3 B3

PA3

A3

RED

RED

P

T

P1 P2 P4 P3

P1 P2 P3 P4

SV1

A B C

P

T

E

SV2 SV3

ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2 ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł6.5 l=400 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.5 l=400 (1/2-20JIC)

ł9.5 l=1750 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1100 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1750 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=530(13/16-16 ORFS)

LIFTARM CYL. L.H.

LIFTARM CYL. R.H.

BUCKET CYL. L.H.

BUCKET CYL. R.H.


100MESH

100MESH

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=520(9/16-18JIC)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł10 l=1050(9/16-18JIC)

ł10 l=1050(9/16-18JIC)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.4

l=43

5(1

/2-2

0JIC

)

ł6.5

l=60

0 (9

/16-

18JI

C)

ł6.5

l=68

0 (9

/16-

18JI

C)

ł6.4 l=1500 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=1500 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=950 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=950 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=650 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=650 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=850 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.4 l=950 (1/2-20JIC)

ł6.5 l=350 (9/16-18JIC)

ł9,5 l=1000 (9/16-18JIC)

ł6.5 l=680 (9/16-18JIC)

ł25.4 l=620(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł25.4 l=500(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł19 l=1450(1"5/16-12 JIC)

ł20

ł20 l=1000

ł9.5 l=1050 (9/16-18JIC)

ł19.1 l=900(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19 l=1650(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł19.1 l=850(1"1/16-12 JIC)

ł16t2

ł19.1 l=1100 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł15.9 l=1000 (1"3/16-12 ORFS)

ł9.5 l=1300 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł9.5 l=1300 (9/16-18 JIC)

ł12.7 l=1950 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 l=1950 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)

ł12.7 l=3700 (13/16-16 ORFS)ł16 t=2

ł16 t=2


ł7.3–40cm‡/rev

PB1 T5 PB2 S3 S4

–40cm‡/rev

TRAVEL MOTOR L.H.

TRAVEL MOTOR R.H.

PP1 B A PP2

ł6.5 l=600(9/16-18 JIC)

ł6.5 l=500(9/16-18 JIC)

PP2A B

PP1

DR

DR

RKS03510

S

SK815-5ENGINE

4D88E-5KFD33.6/2800 kw/rpm

SK815-5 turboENGINE


HYD


HYDRAULIC PUMP

HST PUMP LPV40 + 40 (SK714-5 STANDARD FLOW)

RKS00290

4

8 9 9 8

3

1 8 7 2 8 7 5

6

1. Piston pump 2. Control piston 3. Suction safety valve 4. Charge safety valve 5. Charge pump 6. Work equipment pump 7. Adjustment screw (Neutral position) 8. Adjustment screw (Max. displacement 9. Adjustment screw (Pump power control)

STRUCTUREThis pump is composed of variable swash plate type tan-dem piston pumps (1), control pistons (2), suction safety valves (3), charge safety valve (4), charge pump (5), work equipment gear pump (6), and adjustment screws (7), (8), (9).

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP

10-19

HST PUMP LPV40 + 40 (SK714-5 HIGH FLOW)

RKS003008 9 9 8

3

1 8 7 2 8 7 5

6

4

1. Piston pump 2. Control piston 3. Suction safety valve 4. Charge safety valve 5. Charge pump 6. Work equipment pump 7. Adjustment screw (Neutral position) 8. Adjustment screw (Max. displacement 9. Adjustment screw (Pump power control)

STRUCTUREThis pump is composed of variable swash plate type tan-dem piston pumps (1), control pistons (2), suction safety valves (3), charge safety valve (4), charge pump (5), work equipment gear pump (6), and adjustment screws (7), (8), (9).

10-20

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HST PUMP LPV40 + 40 (SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo STANDARD FLOW)

RKS00310

4

10

8 9 9 8

311

1 8 7 2 8 7 5

6

11

1. Piston pump 2. Control piston 3. Suction safety valve 4. Charge safety valve 5. Charge pump 6. Work equipment pump 7. Adjustment screw (Neutral position) 8. Adjustment screw (Max. displacement

9. Adjustment screw (Pump power control)10. AS valve11. Shuttle valve

STRUCTUREThis pump is composed of variable swash plate type tan-dem piston pumps (1), control pistons (2), suction safety valves (3), charge safety valves (4), charge pump (5), work equipment gear pump (6), and adjustment screws (7), (8), (9), AS valve (10), and shuttle valves (11).

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-21

HST PUMP LPV40 + 40 (SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo HIGH FLOW)

RKS00320

4

10

11 113

1 8 7 2 8 7 5

6

8 9 9 8 1. Piston pump 2. Control piston 3. Suction safety valve 4. Charge safety valve 5. Charge pump 6. Work equipment pump 7. Adjustment screw (Neutral position) 8. Adjustment screw (Max. displacement) 9. Adjustment screw (Pump power control)10. AS valve11. Shuttle valve

STRUCTUREThis pump is composed of variable swash plate type tan-dem piston pumps (1), control pistons (2), suction safety valves (3), charge safety valve (4), charge pump (5), work equipment gear pumps (6), and adjustment screws (7), (8), (9), AS valve (10), and shuttle valves (11).

10-22

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo (STANDARD FLOW AND HIGH FLOW) SK714-5FUNCTION
• The rotation and torque transmitted to the pump shaft is converted into hydraulic energy, and pressurized oil is di-
scharged according to the load.• It is possible to change the discharge amount by changing the swash plate angle (plus, zero and minus)

RKS00351

14

1

3

4 2 5 6

15

11

7A 12 10 138 9 15

(Standard version)

(High-flow version )

1. Shaft 2. Case 3. Cradle bearing 4. Rocker cam 5. Control piston

6. Slider 7. Shoe 8. Piston 9. Cylinder block10. Valve plate

11. Main bearing12. Spline13. Sub bearing14. Charge pump15. Work equipment pump

STRUCTURE• Cylinder block (9) is supported to shaft (1) by a spline

(12), and shaft (1) is supported by the front and rear bearings (11), (13). The tip of piston (8) is a concave ball, and shoe (7) is caulked to it to form one unit. Piston (8) and shoe (7) form a spherical bearing.

• Rocker cam (4) has flat surface A, and shoe (7) is always pressed against this surface while sliding in a circular movement. There is a cradle bearing (3) between cradle and roc-ker cam (4) which is secured to the case. Rocker cam (4) sways on cradle bearing.

• Piston (8) carries out relative movement in the axial direction inside each cylinder chamber of cylinder block (9).

• The cylinder block seals the pressurized oil to valve plate (10) and carries out relative rotation. This sur-face is designed so that the oil pressure balance is maintained at a suitable level. The oil inside each cylinder chamber of cylinder block (9) is sucked in and discharged through valve palte (10).

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-23

OPERATION1. Operation of pump

RKS002701

4 7 8 9 E

PA

PB

PA PB

αX

A FBFig. 1

RKS00220

4 9 E'PA PB

F'

0

Fig. 2

RKS00100

4 7 8 9

PA

PB

PA PB

αX

F"

E"

Fig. 3

• Cylinder block (9) rotates together with shaft (1), and shoe (7) slides on flat surface A. When this happens, rocker cam (4) moves along cylindrical surface B, so angle α between center line X of rocker cam (4) and the axial direction of cylinder block (9) changes. (Angle α is called the swash pla-te angle).

i) Center line X of rocker cam (4) maintains swash plate angle α in relation to the axial di-rection of cylinder block (9), and flat surface Amoves as a cam in relation to shoe (7). In this way, piston (8) slides on the inside of cylinder block (9), so a difference between vo-lumes E and F is created inside cylinder block (9). The suction and discharge is carried out by this difference F-E. In other words, when cylinder block (9) rotates and the volume of chamber F becomes smaller, the oil is discharged during that stroke. On the other hand, the volume of chamber E becomes larger, and as the volume becomes bigger, the oil is sucked in (Fig. 1).

ii) If center line X of rocker cam (4) is in line with the axial direction of cylinder block (9) (swash plate angle = 0), the difference between volu-mes E’ and F’ inside cylinder block (9) beco-mes 0, so the pump does not carry out any suction or discharge of oil (Fig. 2).

iii) Center line X of rocker cam (4) maintains swash plate angle α in relation to the axial di-rection of cylinder block (9), and flat surface Amoves as a cam in relation to shoe (7). In this way, piston (8) slides on the inside of cylinder block (9), so a difference between vo-lumes E” and F” is created inside cylinder block (9). The suction and discharge is carried out by this difference E”-F”. In other words, when cylinder block (9) rotates and the volume of chamber E”becomes smaller, the oil is discharged during that stroke. On the other hand, the volume of chamber F” becomes larger, and as the volu-me becomes bigger, the oil is sucked in. If the direction of swash plate angle is changed, the relation between discharge and suction of port PA, PB reverse (Fig. 3).

10-24

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

2. Control of discharge amount
• If swash plate angle α becomes larger, the difference between volumes E and F becomes larger and discharge
amount Q increases.• Swash plate angle α is changed by control piston (5).• Control piston (5) moves in a reciprocal movement ( ) according to the signal pressure from pilot line (PPC and

AS valves). This straight line movement is transmitted through slider (6) to rocker cam (4), which is supported by the cylindrical surface to cradle, slides in a rotating movement in direction ( ).

• On this pump, maximum swash plate angle is ±15.8°..

• Screw A restricts to the maximum stroke of control piston (i.e. maximum displacement of each pump). When screw A is tightened, maximum displacement decreases, and when screw A is loosened, maximum displacement in-crease. This screw should be adjusted when the machine doesn’t travel straight or machine maximum speed is little bit wrong.

• Screw B is the fine adjuster of neutral position of control piston (5). That adjust prevent machine from creep.

RKS00360

3

4RKS00280

3

6

4

5

RKS00260

A

B

A A5

6

4

5

6

4

BSK714-5 SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-25

Function of the control piston (on non-induction of pilot signal)• There are no pressure, so control piston (5) doesn’t move and main pump is on neutral condition.

Function of the control piston (on induction of pilot signal)

• When pressurized oil which has the pressure PPA, PPB (PPA>PPB) is led from pilot line (PPC or AS valve), control piston (5) moves the ( ) direction. Control piston (5) moves the balanced position by spring force and pressure PPA, PPB.

• If the relation of pressure dimension of PPA, PPB is reversed (i.e. PPA<PPB), control piston moves reversal di-rection.

• On SK714-5, AS valve is not installed, so pressurized oil from PPC valve is directly inducted to control piston.• On SK815-5 and SK815-5 turbo, AS valve is installed and lower pressure between AS valve output pressure and

PPC pressure is selected by shuttle valve and inducted to control piston (see topic “shuttle valve”).

RKS00230

PPA=0 PPB=0 PPA=0 PPB=05 5

RKS00240

PPA PPBPPA PPB >> 5 5SK714-5 SK815-5 - SK815-5 turbo

10-26

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

SUCTION SAFETY VALVE

1. Charge pump 2. Charge safety valve 3. Suction safety valve

3A. Valve3B. Rod3C. Sleeve3D. Spring3E. Spring3F. Plug

4. Piston pump 5. Travel motor

FUNCTIONThere are two suction safety valves installed to each HST pump, and they have the following functions:

1) High pressure safety valve The valve restricts the maximum pressure inside the HST circuit in order to protect the HST circuit.

2) Suction safety valve The valve ensures the flow of the charge oil to the closed HST circuit and prevents the charge oil from flowing into the pump high pressure side (delivery side).

RKS00110

4

3

13

5

2

RKS00090

3A 3B 3C 3D 3F3E

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-27

Actuation when acting as high pressure relief valve (Valve at piston pump delivery side)

Port A is connected to the piston pump circuit and port B is connected to the charge circuit. The pressurized oil fills
port C through drill hole a of piston (3A). The pressurized oil at high pressure port A fills port D through groove bbetween body and valve. Poppet (3A) is in tight contact with valve seat (3C).
• If abnormal pressure is generated in the circuit and the oil pressure at ports A and D reaches to the pressure set by spring (3D), poppet (3A) is pushed to direction, and oil at port A is relieved to port B to reduce the oil pressure at port A.

RKS00050

3A 3B 3C 3D 3EB

a A b C D

RKS00060

a A b D

B 3A

3D

10-28

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

Operation when acting as suction safety valve 1) When HST pump delivery is 0.

The HST circuit is closed, and the charge oil does not flow into the HST circuit. Therefore the charge pressurized oil from the charge pump (1) all passes the charge safety valve (2) and is drained to the pump case.

RKS00121

PB PA

Travel motor

Travel pump

2

3

13

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-29

2. When HST pump discharges from port PA 1) Valve at the piston pump delivery side.

When the pressure oil is discharged from port PA of the HST pump (4), port PA becomes the high pressure side. This pressure oil at port PA flow into port D through the groove b. When this happen, sleeve (3C) is pushed to direction, because of the difference in area (A1>A2). Therefore the pressure oil from charge pump is prevented from flowing into HST pump.

2) Valve at piston pump suction side Port PB is at low pressure because port PB is suction side. And sleeve (3C) is pushed to direction to open body seat portion because of the difference in area (A1>A2). In this way, the charge pressure oil at port B flows into port PB through this clearance to charge to the HST circuit..

RKS00130

PAPB

PAPB

4

1

RKS00070

3C b D

A1A2

PA

RKS00080

3C

A1 A2

PB

B

10-30

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CHARGE SAFETY VALVE

1. Charge pump2. Charge safety valve

2A. Valve2B. Spring2C. Valve seat2D. Poppet2E. Spring2F. Adjustment screw

3. Suction safety valve

FUNCTIONThere is the charge safety valve installed to the HST pump. The charge safety valve restricts the maximum pressure inside the charge circuit in order to protect the charge circuit.

RKS00140

2

3

13

RKS00040

2A 2B 2G 2C 2D 2E 2F

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-31

FUNCTION• Port A is connected to the charge circuit.

Port B is connected to the tank drain circuit. The pressurized oil fills port C through orifice a in valve (2A). Poppet (2D) is in tight contact with valve seat (2C)

• If abnormal pressure is generated in the circuit or the shuttle valve of HST motor is at neutral and the oil pressure at ports A and C reaches the pressure set by spring (2E), poppet (2D) is pushed to direction, and oil at C is relieved to port B and pressure of the oil at C reduce.

• When the pressure of the oil at port C goes down, a differential pressure is occured between ports A and C because of orifice a in valve (2A). Valve (2A) is pushed to direction by oil pressure at port A, and oil at port A is relieved to port B. In this way, the pressure in the charge circuit is prevented from going any higher.

RKS00010

12A 2C 2D

a

C

A

2E

B

RKS00020

A

2D 2E2A

B

C

RKS00030

B

A

2A

a

C

10-32

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CHARGE PUMP

RKS00150

1

2

6

7

4

5

3

1. Slide plate 2. Coupling 3. Shaft 4. Outer ring 5. Case 6. Inner roter 7. Outer roter

FUNCTION• HST charge pump is built-in the HST pump and driven

with HST pump at the same time.• Discharged oil is delivered to AS valve and charge sa-

fety valve. (AS valve is only installed SK815-5 and SK815-5 turbo).

• Charge pump sucks oil from hydraulic tank.

SPECIFICATIONS• Type: trochoid pump• Theoletical delivery: 25 cm³/rev

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-33

FUNCTION

• Charge pump is connected to HST pump shaft by coupling (2), so inner roter (6) and outer roter (7) rotate.• When inner roter (6) and outer roter (7) rotate, capacity of A increase and oil is sucked, and capacity of B decrease

and oil discharge.

RKS00161

Suction port

Discharge port

Discharge side

Suction side

7 6 B

A

A

A

2

10-34

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ANTI ENGINE-STALL CONTROL VALVE (AS VALVE)

RKS00170

4

3

2

1A 1B 1C 1F 1D 1E

1G 1H1L

E

5

1. AS valve1A. Nut1B. Screw1C. Spring1D. Spring1E. Spring1F. Valve1G. Valve1H. Nut1L. Screw

2. Charge pump 3. Orifice 4. Charge safety valve 5. Engine

FUNCTION• The AS valve is attached on the main piston pump. It

reduces pressure for pump swash plate control from charge circuit.

• The AS valve outputs pressure correspond with en-gine revolution.

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-35

OPERATION

• The oil from the charge pump (2) that rotates with the engine flows through a orifice (3) that is installed in the main piston pump. And the oil always flows to pump charge circuit.

• Charge pump (2) is fixed capacity pump, so that discharge flow is proportionate to engine rotation speed. With the oil from the charge pump (2) passed through the orifice, differential pressure is generated at port A and port B. This differential pressure actuates the differential pressure sensing valve (1G) and makes hydraulic force F.

• By the hydraulic force F, the differential pressure sensing valve (1G) is moved direction. That makes a change of spring (1D) load. In port C, the AS valve output pressure that is balanced with spring (1C) and (1D) load is generated by reducing from charge pressure of port G. So the AS valve outputs pressure correspond with charge flow that is changed by engine (5) revolution.

RKS00180

3

2

1C 1D 1G

B

D E

CG

F

E

5A

10-36

HYDRAULIC PUMP
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

SHUTTLE VALVE

RKS002001 23

1. Valve 2. Plug 3. Cover

FUNCTION• The shuttle valves are installed in covers of pump

swash plate control pistons. They select lower pres-sure either travel PPC pressure or AS valve pressure, and output to pump swash plate control pressure.

OPERATION• Port C is connected to port A (Travel PPC pressure inlet port). And hydraulic force F1 by travel PPC pressure ac-

tuates the valve (1).• And port D is connected to port B (AS pressure inlet port). Hydraulic force F2 by AS valve pressure actuates the val-

ve (1).• By the hydraulic force F1 and F2, the shuttle valve selects lower pressure either PPC pressure or AS valve pressure.

It outputs lower pressure of them from port E to control pump swash plate.

RKS00210

1

D B A C

E

F2 F1

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP
10-37

CONTROL VALVE (3-SPOOL)SK714-5 – SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo STANDARD

RKS00250

A

A

G G

F F

E E

C C

D

DB

B

PB2

PB1

PB3

B3 A3

A2

A1

P1

B2

B1

T

PA2

PA1

PA3

TS

P1: from gear pumpT: to tankTs: to tankA1: to lift arm cylinder (head side)A2: to bucket cylinder (head side)

A3: to attachment portB1: to lift arm cylinder (bottom side)B2: to bucket cylinder (bottom side)B3: to attachment port

10-38

CONTROL VALVE
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

Section A - A

RKS00521

Section B- B

Section BB-BBSection AA-AASection C - C

1

3

4

2

5

4

8

7

6

9

1210

1311

AABB

AABB

1. Main relief valve 2. Stop plug (lift arm bottom side) 3. Suction valve (bucket bottom side) 4. Stop plug for individual relief valve 5. Suction valve (lift arm head side) 6. Series - parallel circuit switching valve 7. Spool (lift arm)

8. Spool (bucket) 9. Spool (attachment)10. Flow divider11. Check valve (circulating circuit)12. Combination circulating valve13. Leveling circulating valve

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE
10-39

RKS00671

Section D - D

Section E - E

Section G - GSection F - F

1112

313 6

9 8 9

72

5

14

4 5

15 15

2

6

7

1

3

4

10

1. Unload valve 2. Pressure compensation valve F (lift arm) 3. Pressure compensation valve F (bucket) 4. Pressure compensation valve F (attachment) 5. Pressure compensation valve R (attachment) 6. Pressure compensation valve R (bucket) 7. Pressure compensation valve R (lift arm) 8. Spool (lift arm) 9. Suction valve

10. Shuttle valve11. Spool (bucket)12. Suction valve13. Shuttle valve14. Spool (attachment)15. Stop plug for individual relief valve

★ F: Flow control valveR: Pressure reducing valve

10-40

CONTROL VALVE
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE (4-SPOOL)

SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo SUPER HIGH-FLOW

RKS00370

P2

A

A

PB2

Pi

PB1

PB3H H

G G

F F

E E

J J

D D

B4 A4A3

A2

P1

B3

B2

T

B1 A1

C

CB

B

PA2

PA1

PA3

TS

P1. from gear pumpP2: from gear pumpT: to tankTs: to tankPi2: From solenoid valve group ST2 (S port)A1: to lift arm cylinder (head side)A2: to bucket cylinder (head side)

A3: to attachment portA4: to High - Flow portB1: to lift arm cylinder (bottom side)B2: to bucket cylinder (bottom side)B3: to attachment portB4: to High-Flow attachment port

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE
10-41

RKS00382

Section A - A

Section B - B

4

4

3

2

1

4

4

10

5

9

8

7

6

1. Main relief valve 2. Stop plug (lift arm bottom side) 3. Suction valve (bucket bottom side) 4. Stop plug for individual relief valve 5. Float valve

6. Series - parallel circuit switching valve 7. Spool (lift arm) 8. Spool (bucket) 9. Spool (attachment)10. Spool (High-Flow)

10-42

CONTROL VALVE
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS00701

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section BB-BB

Section AA-AA

67

8

9

10

5

4

3

2

1

11

13 12

14

AABB

AABB

1. Unload valve 2. Pressure compensation valve F (lift arm) 3. Pressure compensation valve F (bucket) 4. Pressure compensation valve F (attachment) 5. Pressure compensation valve F (High Flow) 6. Check valve (for High - Flow joining circuit) 7. Pressure compensation valve R (High Flow) 8. Pressure compensation vavle R (attachment) 9. Pressure compensation valve R (bucket)

10. Pressure compensation valve R (lift arm)11. Combination circulating valve12. Leveling circulating valve13. Flow-divider14. Check valve (circulating circuit)


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE
10-43

RKS00681

Section G - G

15

16

17

16

14

Section J - J

22

21

Section F - F

1011

12913

Section E - E78

3

2 4

1

5

Section H - H

19

16

5

16

20185

5

6

1. Pressure compensation valve F (lift arm) 2. Spool (lift arm) 3. Stop plug 4. Float valve 5. On - off solenoid 6. Spool (float) 7. Pressure compensation valve F (lift arm) 8. Shuttle valve 9. Pressure compensation valve R (bucket)10. Spool (bucket)11. Suction valve12. Pressure compensation valve R (bucket)

13. Shuttle valve14. Pressure compensation valve F (attachment)15. Spool (attachment)16. Stop plug for individual relief valve17. Pressure compensation valve R (attachment)18. Pressure compensation valve F (High Flow)19. Spool (High - Flow)20. Pressure compensation valve R (High Flow)21. Check valve (High - Flow joining circuit)22. Spool (High Flow joining)


10-44

CONTROL VALVE
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CLSS

1. OUTLINE
Features• CLSS stands for Closed center Load Sensing System, and has the followings characteristics.
1 - Controlability, not influenced by load.2 - Controllable digging force at fine control range.3 - Easy simultaneous operation by spool opening proportional flow dividing function.

2. PRESSURE COMPENSATION CONTROLA valve (pressure compensation valve) is installed to the inlet port side of the control valve to balance the load.When there is compound operation of the actuators, this valve acts to make pressure difference ∆P constant for the up-stream flow (inlet port) and downstream flow (outlet port) of the notch of each spool. In this way, the flow of oil from the pump is divided in proportion to area of opening S1 and S2 of each valve.

W

S1

W

S1

Pump

Pressurecompensationvalve

Load

Actuator

Pressurecompensationvalve

Load

Actuator

RKS00691

∆ P ∆ P

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CLSS
10-45

3. OPERATION FOR EACH FUNCTION AND VALVE

Features
• The small capacity gear pump keeps high speed movement because lift arm and the bucket circuit are connected
in a series circuit.• The control valve has built in self leveling function.• If loading pressure of bucket becomes beyond a certain value, the lift arm and the bucket circuits automatically chan-

ge to parallel circuit to keep strong digging force.• The lift arm, attachment and High-flow section are connected in a parallel circuit and it has pressure compensa-

tioning function each section.• During individual operations, attachment High-flow keep individual demand flow rate.

However during compound operations, they are divided in the proportion of 1 to 9 and keep High-flow section flow rate. (SK815-5 and SK815-5 turbo has only Super-flow specification.)

Hydraulic circuit diagram and names of valves

RKS00751

Raise arm

Dump bucket

A4

B4

P1

P2

A3

B3

A2

B2

Pa3Pa3

A1

B1

Pa2

Pa1

6

13

12

3

4

812

10

11

9

7

Pa1

Optional equipmentHigh-flow

Ls

Port

Bucket cylinder

5

Pa2 Curl bucket

Raise cylinder

Lower arm

11

Optional equipment

1. Unload valve 2. Main relief valve 3. Pressure compensation valve (lift arm) 4. Pressure compensation valve (bucket) 5. Pressure compensation valve (attachment) 6. Pressure compensation valve (High - Flow) 7. Float valve

8. Leveling circulating valve 9. Combination circulating valve10. Flow divider11. Shuttle valve12. Check valve (circulating circuit)13. High - Flow joining spool

10-46

CLSS
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

3.1 SERIES CIRCUITFunction
• Return flow rate from the lift arm is recirculated to the bucket.
OperationWhen the lift arm raise and the bucket dump are operated at the same time.• The lift arm spool (1) strokes fully and the bucket spool (2) stokes by half.• When this happens, notch (a ) doesn’t open, so all flow rate from pump supplies to the lift arm raise.• The lift arm and the bucket PPC pressure are sent by passage E and F.

Then the leveling circulating valve (3) and the combination circulating valve (4) stroke fully.• Return flow rate from the lift arm cylinder passes through passage A.

Then it is divided to passage B and C, by the leveling circulating valve (4) and the combination circulating valve (3).• When this happens, the flow divider (5) is operated as P1=P2, so flow rate (Q1, Q2) is divided to passage B and C

in proportion to the area of opening of notch (b) and (c) as below expression. Q1:Q2= (notch (b) + notch (d) ): notch (C) Q1= flow rate flows to B, Q2= flow rate flows to C

• Q1 passes through the check valve (6) and then supplies to the bucket cylinder.

RKS00720

P2

P1

Q1

Q2

56

2

1

3

4d

F

b

a

D

c

CB

E

A

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CLSS
10-47

3.2 SELF LEVELING FUNCTIONFunction
• When the only lever of the lift arm raise is operated, the lift arm raise and the bucket dump are worked.
When this happens, the work equipment can raise with constant bucket bottom angle. (Only the lift arm raise)..

OperationWhen the lift arm raise is operated individually.• The lift arm spool (1) strokes fully and the bucket spool strokes by half.• When this happens, notch (a) doesn’t open, so all flow rate from pump supplies to the lift arm raise.• The lift arm raise PPC pressure is sent by passage E.

Then the leveling circulating valve strokes fully.• Return flow rate from the lift arm cylinder passes through passage A.

Then it is divided to passage B and C, by the leveling circulating valve (3).• When this happens, the flow divider (5) is operated as P1=P2, so flow rate (Q1, Q2) is divided to B and C in prportion

to the area of opening of notch (b) and (c) as below expression. Q1:Q2= notch (b):notch (C)

• Q1 passes through the check valve (6) and then supplies to the bucket cylinder.

RKS00720

P2

P1

Q1

Q2

56

2

1

3

4d

F

b

a

D

c

CB

E

A

10-48

CLSS
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

3.3 THE FUNCTION TO SWITCH SERIES CIRCUIT TO PARALLEL CIRCUIT

Function
• (1) Low bucket load: Series circuit• (2) High bucket load: Parallel circuit• Depend on bucket load, a circuit can change automatically as above.
Then the machine gets high speed and strong digging power.

RKS00730

56

2

1

3

4

P2

P1

Q1

Q2

P3

7

d

F

A

D

B C

G

b

c

a

fe

H

E

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CLSS
10-49

Operation
When the lift arm raise and the bucket digging are operated at the same time.• The lift arm spool (1) and the bucket spool (2) stroke fully.• When this happens, the bucket digging PPC pressure is sent by passage H.
Then the combination circulating valve (3) strokes fully to the right and also the lift arm raise PPC pressure is sent by passage E. Then the leveling circulating valve (4) strokes fully to the left.

• Return flow rate from the lift arm cylinder passes through passage A. Then it is divided to passage B and C, by the leveling circulating valve (4) and the combination circulating valve (3).

• When this happens, the flow divider (5) is operated as P1=P2, so flow rate (Q1, Q2) is divided to passage B and Cin proportion to the area of opening as below expression. Q1:Q2= (notch (b) + notch (d)): notch (C) Q1= flow rate flows to B Q2=flow rate flows to C

• If the bucket load becomes beyond a certain valve by influences of digging, the series-parallel switching valve (7) strokes to the right. Then it passes thorough passage G by opening notch (e). And then the spring chamber of flow divider (5) is connected to tank.

• As a result, flow divider strokes fully to the right, and P2=T Return flow rate from the lift arm is connected with tank totally, and Q1=0L/min.

• When this happens, notch (f) of the lift arm spool and notch (a) of the bucket spool open, so the lift arm and the bucket become parallel circuit (CLSS). And flow rate of the lift arm raise (Q3) and teh bucket digging flow rate are divided as below expression. Q3:Q4= notch (f): notch (a)

10-50

CLSS
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

3.4 PRESSURE COMPENSATION VALVEFunction
• During compound operations, if the load pressure becomes lower than the other actuator and the oil flow tries to in-
crease, compensation is received. (When this happens, the other actuator being used for compund operation (right side) is at a higher load than the actuator on this side (left side))..

Operation• If the load pressure of the other actuator (right side) becomes higher during compound operations, the oil flow in ac-

tuator circuit A on this side (left side) tries to increase.• If this happens, the LS pressure PLS of the other actuator acts on spring chamber PLS1, and reducing valve (1) and

flow control valve (2) are pushed to the left in the direction of the arrow.• Flow control valve (2) throttles the area of opening between pump circuit PP and spool upstream PPA, and pressure

loss is generated between PP and PPA.• Flow control valve (2) and reducing valve (1) are balanced in position where the difference in pressure between PLS

and PA acting on both ends of reducing valve (2) and the pressure loss between PP and PPA on both sides of flow control valve (2) are the same.

• In this way, the pressure difference between upstream pressure PPA and down stream pressure PA of both spools used during compund operations is the same, so the pump flow is divided in prioportion to the area of opening of notch a of each spool.

RKS00740

A

PPA

PA

PP

W

1

2

PLS1

a

PPA PA

a

AW

T

PLS

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CLSS
10-51

3.5 DIVIDING FUNCTION (1:9) (Only Super-Flow specification for SK815-5 and SK815-5 turbo)Function

1 When each section is operated individually Attachment: 60L/min High-Flow attachment: 100L/min

2 When standard attachment and high flow attachment are operated at the same time 1:9=attachment: High-Flow

Operation

1 When each section is operated individually• Attachment spool (1) and High-Flow spool (3) stroke fully and individually, therefore they keep demand flow rate in-

dividually. Attachment: 60L/min High-Flow: 100L/min

2 When attachment and High-Flow are operated at the same time.• High-Flow attachment PPC pressure passes through passage A, is sent to retainer (2) and makes retainer (2) stroke

to the left.• When this happens, attachment spool (1) can stroke by half.• As a result, flow rate of attachment and High-Flow are divided as below expression.

Attachment: High-Flow= 1:9• Therefore flow rate of high flow is kept.

A

RKS00711

Attachment section High-flow section

1 32

10-52

CLSS
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

SOLENOID VALVE

SOLENOID VALVE GROUP ST1
(SERVOCONTROL - PARKING BRAKE - 2nd SPEED)
�

��

� �

�

�

� �

FUNCTION 1. 2nd speed 2. Servocontrol 3. Parking brake

A Port – To travel motors (PP1 port)B Port – To PPC valveC Port – To travel motors (PP2 port)P Port – From hydraulic pump (E1 port)T Port – To hydraulic tankS Port – To accumulator

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

SOLENOID VALVE
10-53

SOLENOID VALVE ST2

HIGH-FLOW CONTROL

T Port – To hydraulic tankP1 Port – From control valve (PA3 port)P2 Port – From control valve (PB3 port)S Port – To control valve (Pi2 port)

RKS01140

P2

S

T

P2

10-54

SOLENOID VALVE
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ACCUMULATOR

RKS01650

B

A

�

TECHNICAL DATAServocontrol feed unit• Nominal volume: 0.35 �• Pre-loading: 8 bar• Working pressure: 25 – 27 bar

FUNCTION• An elastic rubber bag (1) containing nitrogen is fitted

inside the accumulator to maintain oil pressure in the circuit to which the accumulator is connected.

OPERATION• When the engine is running the chamber A of the rub-

ber bag (1) (containing nitrogen) is compressed by oil under pressure coming from line B.

• If the oil under in line B falls below the maximum ca-libration pressure (even after intensive use), the rub-ber bag (1) will expand due to pressure from the nitrogen it.

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ACCUMULATOR
10-55

PATTERN CHANGE VALVE (OPTIONAL)

��

��

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

Pin 1. From L.H. PPC valve (P1 port)Pin 2. From L.H. PPC valve (P2 port)Pin 3. From L.H. PPC valve (P4 port)Pin 4. From L.H. PPC valve (P3 port)Pin 5. From R.H. PPC valve (P1 port)Pin 6. From R.H. PPC valve (P2 port)

Pout 1. To hydraulic pump (DA1 port)Pout 2. To hydraulic pump (DA2 port)Pout 3. To hydraulic pump (DB1 port)Pout 4. To hydraulic pump (DB2 port)Pout 5. To control valve (PA1 port)Pout 6. To control valve (PB1 port)

10-56

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS00651

C

Section E - E

E

G

D

F

E

FG

D

C

Section F - F

Section G - G

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section B - B

Section A - A

Section E - E

Section F - F

Section G - G

1

7 5

62

H

H

Section H - H

3

7

43

1. Lever 2. Rotor 3. Valce seat 4. Ball

5. Upper cover 6. Lower cover 7. Pin lock

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-57

OPERATIONPATTERN ISO

PATTERN OPTIONAL

��

��

��

� �!��

� �"��

#��

��#��$

��

��$!��$

#��

��

��

�

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�%!%�#��

��

�%!%��

�%!%�#��

��

�%!%��

� �"��

� �"��

��

��

�

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

�

#��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

10-58

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

R.H. PPC VALVE (STANDARD)

EQUIPMENT CONTROL

RKS00800

AC

A C

EE

T

B

B

DD

P

P2 P4

P1P3

P1 port - To control valve (PA1 port)P2 port - To control valve (PB1 port)P3 port - To control valve (PA2 port)P4 port - To control valve (PB2 port)P port - From solenoid valve group ST1 (B port)T port - To hydraulic tank

FUNCTIONP1 Lower armP2 Raise armP3 Curl bucketP4 Dump bucket

10-60

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS00811

Section A - A

4

6

5 7

8

9

10

1

3

2

Section B - B

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - E

1. Spool 2. Metering spring 3. Centering spring 4. Piston 5. Disc

6. Nut 7. Joint 8. Cover 9. Stopper10. Body

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-61

FUNCTION

RKS00820

1

T

P

fD

P2P1

Fig. 1

��

�

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

�&

'

Fig. 2

1. NEUTRAL Ports P1 and P2 of the PPC valve are connected to drain chamber D through fine control hole f in spool (1). (Fig. 1)

2. During fine control (NEUTRAL → fine control)• When piston (4) starts to be pushed by disc (5), re-

tainer (9) is pushed; spool (1) is also pushed by me-tering spring (2), and moves down. When this happens, fine control hole f is shut off from drain chamber D, and at almost the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, so pi-lot pressure oil from the control pump passes throu-gh fine control hole f and goes to port P1. When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher, spo-ol (1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is shut off from pump pressure chamber PP. At almost the same time, it is connected to drain chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. When this happens, spool (1) moves up or down so that the force of metering spring (2) is balanced with the pressure at port P1. The relationship in the po-sition of spool (1) and body (10) (fine control hole f is at a point midway between drain hole D and pump pressure chamber PP) does not change even if the pressure at port P1 becomes max. Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed pro-portionally to the amount of movement of the control lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in pro-portion to the travel of the control lever. (Fig. 2)

10-62

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

3. During fine control (when the lever is returned)

RKS00840

1

T

P

f

D

P2P1

4

5

9

2

PP

f

3

Fig. 3

(fine control → neutral)When disc (5) starts to be returned, spool (1) is pu-shed up by the force of centering spring (3) and the pressure at port P1. When this happens, fine control hole f is connected to drain chamber D and the pressure oil at port P1 is released. If the pressure at port P1 drops too far, spool (1) is pushed down by metering spring (2), and fine con-trol hole f is shut off from drain chamber D. At almost the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, and the pump pressure is supplied until the pressure at port P1 recovers to a pressure that corresponds to the lever position. (Fig. 3).

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-63

R.H. PPC VALVE (PATTERN CHANGE) (OPTIONAL)

EQUIPMENT AND TRAVEL CONTROL

RKS00800

AC

A C

EE

T

B

B

DD

P

P2 P4

P1P3

Attacco P1- To pattern change valve (Pin 5 port)Attacco P2- To pattern change valve (Pin 6 port)P3 port - To control valve (PA2 port)P4 port - To control valve (PB2 port)P port - From solenoid valve group ST1 (B port)T port - To hydraulic tank

FUNCTION

ISO PATTERN: P1 Lower armP2 Raise armP3 Curl bucketP4 Dump bucket

OPTIONAL PATTERN: P1 R.H. travel forwardP2 R.H. travel reverseP3 Curl bucketP4 Dump bucket

10-64

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS00811

Section A - A

4

6

5 7

8

9

10

1

3

2

Section B - B

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - E

1. Spool 2. Metering spring 3. Centering spring 4. Piston 5. Disc

6. Nut 7. Joint 8. Cover 9. Stopper10. Body

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-65

FUNCTION

RKS00820

1

T

P

fD

P2P1

Fig. 1

��

�

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

�&

'

Fig. 2



tainer (9) is pushed; spool (1) is also pushed by me-tering spring (2), and moves down. When this happens, fine control hole f is shut off from drain chamber D, and at almost the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, so pi-lot pressure oil from the control pump passes throu-gh fine control hole f and goes to port P1. When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher, spo-ol (1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is shut off from pump pressure chamber PP. At almost the same time, it is connected to drain chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. When this happens, spool (1) moves up or down so that the force of metering spring (2) is balanced with the pressure at port P1. The relationship in the po-sition of spool (1) and body (10) (fine control hole f is at a point midway between drain hole D and pump pressure chamber PP) does not change even if the pressure at port P1 becomes max. Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed pro-portionally to the amount of movement of the control lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in pro-portion to the travel of the control lever. (Fig. 2)

10-66

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


RKS00840

1

T

P

f

D

P2P1

4

5

9

2

PP

f

3

Fig. 3


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-67

L.H. PPC VALVE (STANDARD)

TRAVEL CONTROL

RKS00860

P2 P4

P1P3

EE

B

B

FF

AC

A C

DD

PT

P1 port - To hydraulic pump (DA2 port)P2 port - To hydraulic pump (DB1 port)P3 port - To hydraulic pump (DA1 port)P4 port - To hydraulic pump (DB2 port)P port - From solenoid valve group ST1 (B port)T port - To hydraulic tank

FUNCTIONP1 L.H. travel forwardP2 L.H. travel reverseP3 R.H. travel forwardP4 R.H. travel reverse★ When acting control lever, two ports are pressurized

contemporarily (i.e.: travel forward pressurize P1 and P3 ports).

10-68

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS00871

Section A - A

4

6

5 7

8

9

10

1

3

2

Section B - B

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - E

Section F - F

Section G - G

14

11

GG

12

13

1. Spool 2. Metering spring 3. Centering spring 4. Piston 5. Disc 6. Nut 7. Joint

8. Cover 9. Stopper10. Body11. Plug12. Ball13. Seat14. Body (for shuttle valve)

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-69

FUNCTION

RKS00890

1

T

P

fD

(P3) P2P1 (P4)

Fig. 1

��

��(�)�*��)�

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

�&

��

Fig. 2



tainer (9) is pushed; spool (1) is also pushed by me-tering spring (2), and moves down. When this happens, fine control hole f is shut off from drain chamber D, and at almost the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, so pi-lot pressure oil from the control pump passes throu-gh fine control hole f and goes from port P1. When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher, spo-ol (1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is shut off from pump pressure chamber PP. At almost the same time, it is connected to drain chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. When this happens, spool (1) moves up or down so that the force of metering spring (2) is balanced with the pressure at port P1. The relationship in the po-sition of spool (1) and body (10) (fine control hole f is at a point midway between drain hole D and pump pressure chamber PP) does not change even if the pressure at port P1 becomaes max. Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed pro-portionally to the amount of movement of the control lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in pro-portion to the travel of the control lever. (Fig. 2)

10-70

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


RKS00880

1

T

P

fD

P2P1

4

5

3

2

PP

f

Fig. 3


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-71

L.H. PPC VALVE - PATTERN CHANGE (OPTIONAL)

WORK EQUIPMENT AND TRAVEL CONTROL

RKS00800

AC

A C

EE

T

B

B

DD

P

P2 P4

P1P3

P1 port - To pattern change valve (Pin 1 port)P2 port - To pattern change valve (Pin 2 port)P3 port - To pattern change valve (Pin 4 port)P4 port - To pattern change valve (Pin 3 port)P port - From solenoid valve group ST1T port - To hydraulic tank

FUNCTION

ISO PATTERN: P1 Travel forwardP2 Travel reverseP3 L.H. travelP4 R.H. travel

OPTIONAL PATTERN: P1 L.H. travel forwardP2 L.H. travel reverseP3 Raise armP4 Lower arm

10-72

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RKS00811

Section A - A

4

6

5 7

8

9

10

1

3

2

Section B - B

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - E

1. Spool 2. Metering spring 3. Centering spring 4. Piston 5. Disc 6. Nut

7. Joint 8. Cover 9. Stopper10. Body

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-73

FUNCTION

RKS00820

1

T

P

fD

P2P1

Fig. 1

��

�

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

�&

'

Fig. 2

1. NEUTRAL Ports P1 and P2 of the PPC valve are connected to drain chamber D through fine control hole f in spool (1). (Fig. 1).


tainer (9) is pushed; spool (1) is also pushed by me-tering spring (2), and moves down. When this happens, fine control hole f is shut off from drain chamber D, and at almost the same time, it is connected to pump pressure chamber PP, so pi-lot pressure oil from the control pump passes throu-gh fine control hole f and goes from port P1. When the pressure at port P1 becomes higher, spo-ol (1) is pushed back and fine control hole f is shut off from pump pressure chamber PP. At almost the same time, it is connected to drain chamber D to release the pressure at port P1. When this happens, spool (1) moves up or down so that the force of metering spring (2) is balanced with the pressure at port P1. The relationship in the po-sition of spool (1) and body (10) (fine control hole f is at a point midway between drain hole D and pump pressure chamber PP) does not change even if the pressure at port P1 becomaes max. Therefore, metering spring (2) is compressed pro-portionally to the amount of movement of the control lever, so the pressure at port P1 also rises in pro-portion to the travel of the control lever. (Fig. 2)

10-74

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


RKS00840

1

T

P

f

D

P2P1

4

5

9

2

PP

f

3

Fig. 3


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-75

CYLINDERS

BUCKET RAISE

BUCKET TILT

RKS0110013 11 10

12 3 4 5 6 7 9 8

12

RKS0111013 11 10

1 2 3 4 5

6 7

9 8

12 7

1. Bushing 2. Dust 3. Gasket 4. Gasket 5. Rod 6. Gasket 7. Ring

8. Bushing 9. Nut10. Piston11. Cilinder12. Gasket13. Head

Unit: mm

Cilinder Ø Rod Ø Piston Piston stroke Max. cylinderlength

Min. cylinderlength Key size

Bucket raise 35 55 678 1616 938 32

Bucket tilt 30 60 357 970 613 32

10-76

CYLINDERS
SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

10-77

12

AC

B

12

12RE STOPTCH

INTERRUTTORE BACK-UPBACK-UP SWITCH

ITCH

A ACQUA

DER

SW STOP

FUEL LEVELLIVELLO COMBUST.

BACK-UP

X23

X20

X17

X29

RKS03560

WIRES IN VIEWVISTA LATO FILI

21 34 5 6

X08

3

1

4

2

X07

1

3

2

X13

1 2

XS1

34 2 17 6 5

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (ENGINE LINE) (1/3)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

TI

STRUCTUR

K815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ICAL DIAGRAM (ENGINE LINE) (1/3)

12

11

54

13

712

6

109

8

32

1

12

_I

1A

12

42

31

LATO FILI

36

14 5

2

LATO FILI

21

50

87

86

30

85

_I

12

20

POMPA GASOLIOFUEL PUMP

USCITA MASSEGROUND

DIODODIODE

RELE’ PULL SOLENOIDEPULL SOLENOID RELAY

START

ENGINE STOPARRESTO MOTORE

ENGINE STOP TIMERMER ARRESTO MOTORE

ALTERNATOREGENERATOR

INTERRUTTOSTOP SWI

INSULATORISOLATORE

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWPRESS. OLIO MOTORE

PREHEATINGPRERISCALDO

SALDATURA +15

INT.FILTRO OLIO IDR.HYDR. OIL FILTER SW.

SENSORE TEMPERATURENGINE WATER

TEMPERATURE SEN

BACK-UP ALARMSIRENA BACK-UP

AIR FILTERFILTRO ARIA

SAFETY RELAYRELE’ SICUREZZA

CONNECTORCONNETTORE

GND5

X06D

X03

XM1

X13

X07

X11

X21

XSX31

XR1

SA1

X26

X18

X14

X22

XB25X08

XS1

DIODODIODE

X06

CONNECTORCONNETTORE

X10

CONNECTORCONNETTORE

X02

CONNECTORCONNETTORE

X01

GENERATORALTERNATORE

XG2

GENERAL FUSE 50AFUSIBILE GENERALE 50A

XF1

STARTER MOTORMOTORINO AVV.

XB

TO INSULATORA ISOLATORE

XS2

21 20 1619 18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

ELEC

X281

S31

S29S28X20

L-R

1

X20

L-R

1

R-V

1

X21 X21

S30

Z-N

1

L-R

1

X22X22 X23X23

21 1 2 21 21

N1

HA3

X29X2912

Z-N

1

B-G1

R-G1

B-N1

S-G1

C-N1

C-L1

S1

B1

R2.5

R-V1

R-N1.5

L-R1

R4

GND5N4

X02

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X02

X10

X01

X01

X01

X01

l

8

4

3

2

1

7

6

5

12

11

10

9

-

13

3

1

2

4R-N2.5

M2.5

p

pp p

TO F

RA

ME

LIN

E O

PT/S

TD

15 16 17 18 19 20

RKS03570

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (ENGINE LINE) (2/3)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

FG150A

G1

1

10-78 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (ENGINE LINE) (2/3)

N1

XF

S-N

1

G2

30D+

W

31

M130 50

N50

12Vcc

B2.

5

XB1

R50

X09

1

X11

1

X11

2

XM1

S1

R-G

1

XF

1

2

R6R6

S25R1

M2Y0

X11

3

N2.

5

B2.

5B

2

N2

R1.

5R

-N1.

5

R-G

1

N1

M2.

5

N1

C-L

1

K01 86 87

85 30

M-V

1

R6

L/B

1

M-V

1

R-N

1.5

L/B

1

R-N

1.5

R-N

2.5

R-N

1.5

R6B2

N1

V1

R-B

1

X07

X07

G1

X07

X07

N1

R1

N1

K02

XS

R4

S26 S27R3R2

B-N

1

N1

X13X13 X13 X15X14X14 X16X16 X19X17 X17 X18 X18

13 2 1+- 12 1C A - +

C-N

1

S-G

1

R-G

1

S-N

1

B2.

5 B1

N1

X03 X06X03X03 X03 X06 XS1 X08XS1 X08X08 X0886 -8785 30 l 34 12 A 1B 53 6

U3

GMpM

ENGINE YANMAR PARTS

POW

ERB

OX

K03

p p

t

RELAYSAFETY

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

10-79

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (ENGINE LINE) (3/3)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

COMPONENFG1 GeneG1 BatterG2 GeneK01 Fuel sK02 Fuel pK03 SafetyM1 StarteM2 Fuel pR1 PreheR2 Fuel lR3 EnginS25 Air filtS26 HydraS27 Stop lS28 Stop lS29 Back-S30 Back-S31 EnginV1 DiodeX01 FrameX02 2 wayX03 Fuel sX06 DiodeX07 Pull sX08 SafetyX09 C6 geX10 FrameX11 GeneX13 Fuel pX14 Fuel pX15 PreheX16 Air filtX17 Fuel lX18 EnginX19 HydraX20 Stop lX21 Stop lX22 Back-X23 Back-Y0 Stop f

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (ENGINE LINE) (3/3)

TSral fuse 50Ay 80Ahratorolenid valve relayull solenid valve timer 1 second relayr motorumpating starterevel sendere water temperature senderer blocked switchulic oil filter blocked switchights pressure switchights pressure switchup alarm pressure switchup alarm pressure switche oil min. pressure switch 1A line 3 way connector connectorolenoid relay connector 2 way connectorolenoid timer 4 way connector relay 6 way connectornerator terminal line mark 13 way connector

rator 3 way connectorool-stop solenoid 3 way connector solenoid 3 way connectorump 2 way connectorating start C6 terminaler blocked switch 2 way connectorevel sender 3 way connectore water temperature sender 2 way connectorulic oil filter blocked switch C5 terminalight pressure 1 switch 2 way connectoright pressure 2 switch 2 way connectorup pressure 1 switch 2 way connectorup pressure 2 switch 2 way connectoruel solenoid valve

E AND FUNCTION

10-81

81

76

54

32

109

1312

11

ELETTROVALVOLA FRENOBRAKE VALVE

'

PRESSOSTATO FRENOBRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH

GROUNDMASSA

A LINEA MOTORETO ENGINE CABLE

TO ENGINE CABLEA LINEA MOTORE

MASSAGROUND

X35

X37

GND2

X10.1

X02.1

GND5

RKS03230

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE STANDARD) (1/3)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

A LINETO CAB

A LINETO CA

TO CABIN CA LINEA CA

X45

X

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE STANDARD) (1/3)

2

4

1

35

11 5

8 1

109

32

4

1213

67

E/V FLOTTANTE

PPC SERV. VALVE

FLOAT VALVE

E/V SERV. PPC

A CABINAIN CABLE

2nd SPEED VALVEE/V SECONDA VELOCITA

A CABINABIN CABLE

ABLEBINA

A LINEA CABINATO CABIN CABLE


PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCHPRESS. PPC SAFETY

X33

X34

48

X36

X47

X46X01.1

X32A

X32

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

ELEC

15 16 17 18 19 20

Y3 S33

2 1 2

35 X36 X36 X37

1

N1

M-B

1

M-V

1

X45

X45

X47

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X46

X46

X46

X48

X48

X48

X48

X46

X472

1

2

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

2

3

4

4

3

2

1

1

3

4

1

V-N1

M2.5

B-G1

R-G1

L-R1.5

S-G1

C-L1

C-N1

S1

B1

R-N1.5

R-V1

M-N1

M-B1

R-N2.5

B-N1

M1

M-V1

L-G1

N4

R4

R4

N4

p

TO C

AB

IN L

INE

EU

RO

/US

A S

TD

RKS03240

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE STANDARD) (2/3)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

FR

OM

EN

GIN

E L

INE

ST

D/O

PT

10-82 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE STANDARD) (2/3)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

Y1 Y2 Y6S32

B-N1

S-G1

C-L1

C-N1

S1

B1

R1

M2.5

B-G1

R-G1

X32AX32

L-G

1

R1

V-N

1

X33 X33 X34 X34

11 1 2 1 2

M-N

1

N1

N1

1

X35 X

N1

M1

R-N1.5

R-N2.5

L-R1.5

GND2

X02.1

X02.1

X01.1

X01.1

X01.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X01.1

-

l

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

1

R4

R4

N2.5

GND5

p

10-83

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE STANDARD) (3/3)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

COMPONGND2 C8 gGND5 C6 gS32 PPCS33 BrakX01.1 EngiX02.1 EngiX10.1 EngiX32 PPCX32A PPCX33 PPCX34 FloaX35 BrakX36 SecoX37 BrakX45 CabX46 CabX47 GrouX48 CabY1 PPCY2 FloaY3 SecoY6 Brak

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE STANDARD) (3/3)

ENTSround terminalround terminal safety pressure switche valve pressure switchne line 4 way connectorne line 2 way connectorne line 13 way connector safety pressure switch 1 way connector safety pressure switch 1 way connector valve 2 way connectort valve 2 way connectore valve 2 way connectornd speed valve 2 way connectore pressure switch 1 way connectorin line 13 way connectorin line 4 way connectornd 2 way connector

in line 5 way connector valvet valvend speed valvee valve

E AND FUNCTION

10-85

81

76

54

32

109

1312

11

ELETTROVALVOLAFRENO

BRAKE VALVEE/V HI-FLOWMOMENTARY

I-FLOW MOMENTARYVALVE

HI-FLOW DETENTVALVE

E/V HI-FLOWDETENT

MASSAGROUND

GROUNDMASSA

OTORE CABLE


TO ENGINE CABLEA LINEA MOTORE

BRAKE PRESSURESWITCH

PRESSOSTATOFRENO

MASSAGROUND

X35

X40 X39

GND 1

GND 2

1

X10.1

X02.1

X37

GND 5

RKS03250

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE OPTIONAL) (1/3)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

A LINEA CTO CABIN

ATO

TO CABIN CABA LINEA CABI

X45

X48

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE OPTIONAL) (1/3)

2

4

1

3

5

9 4

23

87

1

56

1110

11 5

8 1

109

32

4

1213

67

2

4

13

5

TO CABIN CABLEA LINEA CABINA

PPC SERV. VALVEE/V SERV. PPC

ABINA CABLE

2nd SPEEDVALVE

E/V SECONDAVELOCITA'

H

LINEA CABINA CABIN CABLE

LENA

A LINEA CABINATO CABIN CABLE



A LINEA M


TO ENGINE

FLOAT VALVEE/V FLOTTANTE

PRESS. PPC SAFETYPPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCH

X49

X33

X36

X47

X46

X41

X43

X42

X01.

X34

X32

X32A

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

ELEC

15 16 17 18 19 20

Y3 S33

N1

X35

2

X36

1

X36

2

M-B

1

X37

1

M-V

1

X47

X47

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X46

X46

X46

X48

X48

X48

X48

X46

2

1

1

5

3

2

4

7

6

8

9

12

10

11

13

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

N4

C1

C-B1

V1

V-B1

A-V1

Z-N1

A-B1

A-N1

A-G1

B-N1

R-G1

S1

C-N1

C-L1

S-G1

B-G1

M-N1

B1

M-B1

V-N1

R-N1.5

M2.5

R-N2.5

L-G1

R-V1

M-V1

M1

L-R1.5

R4

R4

L-R1.5

S-N1.5

N4

p

TO C

AB

IN L

INE

EU

RO

/US

A O

PT

RKS03260

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE OPTIONAL) (2/3)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

C-B

1

FR

OM

EN

GIN

E L

INE

ST

D/O

PT

10-86 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE OPTIONAL) (2/3)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

Y1 Y2 Y6S32

B-N1

S-G1

C-L1

C-N1

B1

R-V1

M2.5

B-G1

R-G1

X32A

1

X32

1

L-G

1

V-N

1

X33

1

X33

2

X34

1

X34

2

M-N

1

N1

N1

N1

X35

1

R-N1.5

R-N2.5

Y5 Y4

X39

1

X39

2

X40

1

X40

2

N1

N1Z-N

1

A-V

1

A-B

1

A-N

1

V1

V-B

1

C1

A-G

1

X41

X41

X41

X41

S1

X42

X42

X42

M1

N4

GN

D2

GN

D1

X43

X42

X42

1234 123 145

N1.

5

L-R1.5

N2.5

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X01.1

X01.1

X01.1

X02.1

X02.1

X01.1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

2

3

4

-

l

1

R4

R4

R2.5R

2.5

L-R

1.5

S-N

1.5

GND5

p

( POWER BOX ATTACH. LINE )

10-87

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE OPTIONAL) (3/3)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

COMPONGND1 C8 gGND2 C8 gGND5 C6 gX01.1 EngiX02.1 EngiX10.1 EngiX32 PPCX32A PPCX33 PPCX34 FloaX35 BrakX36 SecoX37 BrakX39 HighX40 HighX41 StabX42 AttacX43 ENPX45 CabX46 CabX47 GrouX48 CabX49 CabY1 PPCY2 FloaY3 SecoY4 ReveY5 SupeY6 Brak

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (FRAME LINE OPTIONAL) (3/3)

ENTSround terminalround terminalround terminalne line 4 way connectorne line 2 way connectorne line 13 way connector safety pressure switch 1 way connector safety pressure switch 1 way connector valve 2 way connectort valve 2 way connectore valve 2 way connectornd speed valve 2 way connectore pressure switch 1 way connector-flow detent valve 2 way connector-flow momentary valve 2 way connectorilizer 5 way connectorhement 5 way connectorI valve 1 way connectorin line 13 way connectorin line 4 way connectornd cabin line 2 way connector

in line 5 way connectorin line 11 way connector valvet valvend speed valverse hi-flow momentary valver-flow detent valve

e valve

E AND FUNCTION

10-89

01171077

ENTRALINA SICUREZZE

ONTROL PANEL

PANNELLOI CONTROLLO

MANIPOLATORE DXRIGHT LEVER

SAFETY CONTROL BOX

BRAKE BUTTONPULSANTE FRENO INT. GIROFARO

BEACON LIGHT SWITCH

SENSORE BRACCIOLO

MANIPOLATORE SXLEFT LEVER

PROXIMITY BAR 3 WAY

ZOCCOLO RELE' FLOATFLOAT RELAY SOCKET

PARKING RELAYRELE' PARKING

X80

CONTROL PANEL

PANNELLODI CONTROLLO

X81

X84

X50

X87 X88

K04

X54

X83

K14

RKS03270

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE STANDARD) (1/5)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

FROM FRAME

DA LINEA TFROM FRAM

DA LINEA TE

FRODA

X45.1

X46.1

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE STANDARD) (1/5)

9 4

238

71

56

1110

81

76

54

32

109

1312

11

5

43

21

5

6

1

9

2

7

8

10

3

11

4

C

SWITCH SEDILE

GNDGROUND

CABIN LINECABINA

CD

INT. FARO LAVORO POST.REAR WORK LIGHTS SWITCH

SAFETY SEAT SWITCH

INT. LUCIFRONT LIGHTS SWITCH

LINE

ELAIOE LINE

LAIO

M FRAME LINELINEA TELAIO

BUZZERBUZZER

QUADRO AVVIAMENTOSTARTING SWITCH

ACCENDISIGARICIGARETTE LIGHTER

SCATOLA FUSIBILIFUSES BOX

MASSEGROUND

X82

X85

X55

X86

X48.1

X52-X53

X78-79

S10

X47.1

X56-X77

GND3

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

C

15 16 17 18 19 20

FU07

10A

FU05

15A

FU04

7.5A

FU03

15A

FU02

3A

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

R2.

5

X641

X651

X661

X671

X681

X691

X701

X711

X721

X731

X741

X751

X761

X771

B/N

1

M-B

1

M/B

1

H/R

1

A-R

1.5

G/R

1

G-N

1

M-V

1

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

M-N

1

H-R

2.5

H0.

5

G/N

1

B-R

1

FU06

10A

FU01

3A

B-R1

G1.5

L/B1

A-R1.5

H-R1

H-R1.5

B-R1

H-R1

G/R1

N4

H0.5

A/B1

L/G1

S/N1

C1

B/R1

B-N1

M-N1

H/R1

G1

G-N1

CK)

K

RKS03280

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE STANDARD) (2/5)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

1

X47.1

X47.12

EL

EC

TR

ON

IC U

NIT

FR

OM

FR

AM

E L

INE

ST

D

06

GND

BRAKE P.B.

HI-SPEED P. B.

FLOAT P. B.

SAF. BAR. SW

SEAT SWITCH

POW. SUPP.

EV BRAKE

STOP ENGINE

BRAKE LIGHT

SAF. BAR.LED

SEAT LED

WARNING LED

FLOAT

BUZZER

HI-SPEED

GND

HORN

START SIGN.

+12V HORN

HORN PUSH B.

PPC SAF. SW.

EV PPC

BUZZER

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

+1

OU

OU

OU

OU

OU

OU

OU

OU

OU

OU

IN

IN

IN

OU

OU

10-90 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE STANDARD) (2/5)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

S10

R1 ACC BR R2 C

B

B-G1

B-N1

S-G1

C-L1

C-N1

S1

R-G1

L-R1.5

M-B1

V-N1

R-N1.5

R4

M2.5

R-N2.5

M1

L-G1

FU11

30A

FU10

7.5A

FU09

7.5A

FU08

10A

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

S11S12

H-R

2.5

M2.

5

B1

B1

R-N1.5

R4

HA1 R-N2.5

C-N

1

N1

B-N

1

B1

H-R

1

G-N

1

S-G

1

M1

C-L

1

S1

X521

X531

X54 X54X54X55X55A BC

12

X561

X571

X581

X591

X601

X611

X621

X631

C/N

1

N1

H-R

1

C-B

1

H-R

1

H-R

1

L-R

1.5

B-G

1

R-G

1

R-N

2.5

R/N1

M-V1

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

N4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

1

2

3

1

2

3

4

M-N1

Z-B

1

X501

X502

X503

X504

X505

X506

X507

X508

X509

X5010

X5011

X5012

X5013

X5014

X5015

X5016

X5017

X5018

X5019

X5020

X5021

X5022

X5023

Z-B

1

K14 86 87a 87

85 30

X44 86

X44 87a

X44 30

X44 85

M1

H-L1

M-B1

N1.5

B/N1

C-B1

C/N1

R/N1

M/B1

A/B1

Z-B1

G/N1

L/G1

L/B1

S/N1

B-N1

C1

B1

L-G1

V-N1

B/R1

H-R1.5

H-R1

H-L1

B-G1

4

R4

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X46.1

X46.1

X46.1

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X46.1

R1ST

OFF ACC

CONTROL PANEL (UNIDE

P1

2V

T

T

T

T

T

T

T

T (-)

T

T

T

T (+)

ELE

10-91

15 16 17 18 19 20

S02 1 6 8 9

3 2 10

S07

1 9

5 10

S01

1 9

5 10

X833

G/R1

G/R1

G1.5

A-G1.5

H-N1

H-G1

H/R1

A-R1.5

H-R1

N1

N1

S08

15/1 30/3 L/6

49/4 30b/2 R/7

L/B1

G/R1

N1

X85

X85

X85

X85

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X87

X87

X87

X87

X88

X88

X88

X88

9

1

5

10

9

8

1

3

2

10

6

3

2

7

9

1

5

10

S/N1

S15

X841

X843

L/G

1L/

G0.

5

R-N

0.5

B-R

1

H-R1

H-R1

H-R1.5

X8311

X8411

N1

N1

0 21

1 0

1 0

10

RIG

HT

LE

VE

R

RKS03290


SK714-5 S

ELECTR

1

STRUCTUR



2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

H-R1.5

A-R1.5

A/B1

B-R1

B-R1

H-R1

K04 85 87

86 30

S13 S14

G/R1

N4

G1.5

H-R1

C1

X831

X832

A/B

1

B/R

1

H-N

1

H-N

1

H-G

1

N1.

5

X89 X89 X89

V/B

0.5

L/G

0.5

H0.5

L/B1

L/G1

S/N1

C1

B/R1

B-N1

M-N1

A-G

1.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

11

X8986 30 8785

B-R

1

M-N

1

B-N

1

B-R

1

GND3

R-N

0.5

H/R1

B-R

1

G1

G-N

1

G-N1

X781

X791

H/R

1

N1

TO TOP CABIN LINE STD

LE

FT

LE

VE

R

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

ELEC

15 16 17 18 19 20

X81

-1

X81

-8

X81

-6

X81

-5

X81

-4

X81

-3

X81

-2

X81

-7X

80-1

1

X80

-14

X80

-12

X80

-16

X80

-15

L7L6 L8

TOREMP.

L1 L2

L10L9DL1 DL3DL2

L4L3 L5

RKS03300

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE STANDARD) (4/5)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

L6

L7

+50

POS.

DL3

L8

+15

GND

GND

C2

C3

POS.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

10-92 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE STANDARD) (4/5)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

CONTROL PANEL (EXTERNAL WIEW)

DL2L6

C1

L8L7 L9 L10

C

H

L1 L3L2 L4 L5 C2

DL1 DL3

E

F

C3

X80-9 X80-2 X80-3

INTERNAL CONNECTION CONTROL PANEL

X80-8

-

HOUR COUNTER

X80-6

C1

+

LEVEL

C2

FUEL

C3

INDICAWATER T

PARKING BRAKE LAMP

SECOND SPEED LAMP81-4

81-3

M-B1

M-V1NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

DL1

DL2

WARNING LED

SEAT LED

X81-7

X81-8 G/N1

M/B1NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

X80-11

X80-10

X80-12

X80-14

X80-13

X80-15

X80-16

B1 L2+5080-4 START SIGNAL

FUNCTION

SAFETY BAR OPEN LED

FLOAT LAMP

PIN

81-1

81-2

POWER SUPPLY (+12V)80-8

80-7

80-6

80-5

GROUND

GROUND

M-N1

B/N1

WIRE COLOURSIGNAL

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

POS.

L9

L10

H-R1+15

GND

GND

L1

L3

N1 L4

FUNCTION

FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR

WATER TEMPERAT. INDICATOR

80-2

80-3

PIN

80-1

C-N1

B-N1

WIRE COLOUR

ohm

ohm

SIGNAL

L5

POS.

M1POSITIVEPREHEATING LAMP

LOW BEAM LAMP

FUNCTION

DIRECTION LAMP

PIN

X81-5

X81-6

AIR FILTER LAMP

GENERATOR LAMP

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LAMP

H0.5

L-N1

WIRE COLOURSIGNAL

POSITIVE

POSITIVE

B-G1

S1

C-L1

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

INTERNAL LIGHTS (+ LUCI)

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER LAMP

FUNCTION

BUZZER

PIN

X80-9

S-G1

Z-B1

G-N1

WIRE COLOUR

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

SIGNAL

POSITIVE

P1

h0000000

10-93

CGFFFFFFFFFFFHKKKPSSSSSSSSSSXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

rr

orr

itch connector


SK714-5 S

ELECTR

OMPONND3 C6 gU01 FuseU02 FuseU03 FuseU04 FuseU05 FuseU06 FuseU07 FuseU08 FuseU09 FuseU10 FuseU11 FuseA1 Warn04 Floa06 Elec14 Brak1 Cont01 Rear02 Pane07 Beac08 Brak10 Start11 Safe12 Bar P13 Horn14 Seco15 Floa44 Brak45.1 From46.1 From47.1 From48.1 From50 Elec52 Buzz53 Buzz54 Prox55 Safe56 Fuse57 Fuse58 Fuse59 Fuse60 Fuse61 Fuse62 Fuse63 Fuse

STRUCTUR



ENTSround terminal 3A left side lights 3A control panel lights 15A horn, front work lights 7.5A switch lights 15A rear work light 10A lever switch power supply, float 10A current intake 12V, beacon light 10A control panel, electronic unit, fuel shut off, safety bar proximity, seat safety switch, brake switch 7.5A back-up alarm 7.5A fuel pump, safety engine relay, generator 30A pull solenoid, PPC safety pressure switching buzzer

t relaytronic unite relayrol panel work lights switchl lights and low beam lights switchon light switche switching switchty seat switchNP safety sensor

push buttonnd speed push button

t push buttone relay connector frame line 13 way connector frame line 4 way connector frame line 2 way ground connector frame line 5 way connector

tronic unit 23 way connectorer 1 way connectorer 1 way connectorimity bar 3 way connectorty seat switch 3 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector 1 way connector

X64 Fuse 1 way connectorX65 Fuse 1 way connectorX66 Fuse 1 way connectorX67 Fuse 1 way connectorX68 Fuse 1 way connectorX69 Fuse 1 way connectorX70 Fuse 1 way connectorX71 Fuse 1 way connectorX72 Fuse 1 way connectorX73 Fuse 1 way connectorX74 Fuse 1 way connectorX75 Fuse 1 way connectorX76 Fuse 1 way connectorX77 Fuse 1 way connectorX78 Current intake 1 way connectoX79 Current intake 1 way connectoX80 Control panel 16 way connectX81 Control panel 8 way connectoX82 Lights line 11 way connectorX83 Left lever 12 way connectorX84 Right lever 12 way connectorX85 Rear work lights SWF switchX86 Panel and front lights SWF swX87 Brake switch connectorX88 Beacon light switch connectorX89 Float relay connector

E AND FUNCTION

10-95

10

20

11

217 17

89

1819

56

16132

34

1415

1 12

01171077

ENTRALINA SICUREZZE

ONTROL PANELELLO DI CONTROLLO

E DXR

AFETY CONTROL BOX

LEFT STAB. SWITCH

CONTROL PANELPANNELLO DI CONTROLLO

BRAKE BUTTONPULSANTE FRENO

INT. STAB. DX

INT. GIROFAROBEACON LIGHT SWITCH

SENSORE BRACCIOLO

INT. STAB SX

MANIPOLATORE SXLEFT LEVER

PROXIMITY BAR 3 WAY

CENTRALINA COMANDO RELE'

ZOC. RELE' FLOATFLOAT RELAY S.

RELAY COMAND UNIT

PARKING RELAYRELE' PARKING

ARDARD

RELE' SPEGN. LUCI STOPSTOP LIGHT OFF RELAY

X80

X50

X81X87

X106

X107

X88

K04

X54

X83

X90

K14 K95

RKS03310

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE OPTIONAL) (1/7)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

FROM

DA LINEFROM FR

DA L

FROM FRAMDA LINEA TE

SOLDERSTAGNA

X4

X48.1

SA

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE OPTIONAL) (1/7)

9 4

238

71

56

1110

71

10

98

5

23

411

6

81

76

54

32

109

1312

11

5

43

21

5

6

1

9

2

7

8

10

3

11

4

3

3

15

10

10

7.5

30

10

10

10

15

C

SWITCH SEDILE

GNDGROUND

CABIN LINECABINA

CPANN

INT. FARO LAVORO POST.REAR WORK LIGHTS SWITCH

SAFETY SEAT SWITCH

INT. LUCIFRONT LIGHTS SWITCH

FRAME LINE

A TELAIOAME LINE

INEA TELAIO

E LINELAIO

FROM FRAME LINEDA LINEA TELAIO

BUZZERBUZZER

QUADRO AVVIAMENTOSTARTING SWITCH MANIPOLATOR

RIGHT LEVE

INT. E.V. ENPIENPI VALVE SWITCH

PRESA DI CORRENTECURRENT INTAKE

SCATOLA FUSIBILIFUSES BOX

S

SWITCH HAZSWITCH HAZ

INT. LUCI DIREZIONEDIRECTION LIGHTS SWITCH

MASSEGROUND

JOINTTURA

X82

X85

X55

X86

5.1

X46.1

X49.1

X52-X53

X78-X79

S10 X84

X91

X105

X104

X47.1

X56-X77

GND3

L

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

C

FU05 FU04 FU03 FU02

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

X64 X66 X68 X70 X72 X74 X76

X65 X67 X69 X71 X73 X75 X771 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

FU06

FU0115A 10A 15A 3A10A 3A

B/N

1

M-B

1

M/B

1

M-V

1

M-N

1

H0.

5

G/N

1

L-N

1

16 17 18 19 20

H/R

1

A-R

1.5

G/R

1

G-N

1

B-R

1

B-R1

G1.5

L/B1

A-R1.5

H-R1

H-R1.5

B-R1

H-R1

G/R1

N4

H0.5

A/B1

L/G1

S/N1

C1

B/R1

B-N1

M-N1

H/R1

G1

G-N1

L-N1

R-V1

L-R1.5

L-R1.5

M1

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

RKS03320

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE OPTIONAL) (2/7)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

X47.1

X47.1

1

2

FR

OM

FR

AM

E L

INE

OP

T

K06

EL

EC

TR

ON

IC U

NIT

BRAKE P.B.

HI-SPEED P. B.

FLOAT P. B.

SAF. BAR. SW

SEAT SWITCH

POW. SUPP.

EV BRAKE

STOP ENGINE

BRAKE LIGHT

SAF. BAR.LED

SEAT LED

WARNING LED

FLOAT

BUZZER

HI-SPEED

GND

HORN

START SIGN.

+12V HORN

HORN PUSH B.

PPC SAF. SW.

EV PPC

BUZZER

10-96 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (CABIN LINE OPTIONAL) (2/7)

S10

R1 ACC BR R2 C

B

FU11 FU10 FU09 FU08 FU07

S11S12

H-R

2.5

M2.

5

B1

R4

HA1

X52 X53

X54 X54X54X55X55

1 1

A BC

12

1 1 1 1

X56 X58 X60 X62

X57 X59 X61 X631 1 1 1

C/N

1

N1

H-R

1

C-B

1

H-R

1

R/N1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

Z-B

1

K14 86 87a 87

85 30

X44

X44

X44

X44

86

87a

30

85

H-L1

M-B1

R-N1.5

N1.5

B/N1

C-B1

C/N1

R/N1

M/B1

A/B1

Z-B1

G/N1

L/G1

L/B1

S/N1

B-N1

C1

B1

L-G1

V-N1

B/R1

H-R1.5

H-R1

H-L1

B-G1

30A 7.5A 10A 10A 10A

C-N

1

N1

B-N

1

B1

H-R

1

G-N

1

S-G

1

M1

C-L

1

S1

B-G

1

Z-B

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14 15

H-R

1

R-G

1

R-N

2.5

L-R

1.5

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X46.1

X46.1

X46.1

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X46.1

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

1

3

4

1

2

3

4

2

B-G1

B-N1

S-G1

C-L1

C-N1

S1

R-G1

L-R1.5

M-B1

V-N1

R-N1.5

R4

M2.5

R-N2.5

L-G1

B1

M-V1

N4

M-N1

R-V1

R4

M1

M1

R1ST

OFF ACC

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5R-N2.5

R2.

5

CONTROL PANEL (UNIDECK)

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

P1

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

+12V

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT (-)

OUT

OUT

IN

IN

IN

OUT

OUT (+)

ELE

10-97

S02 1 6 8 9

3 2 10

S07 1 9

5 10

S01 1 9

5 10

S08 15/1 30/3 L/6

49/4 30b/2 R/7

X85

X85

X85

X85

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X87

X87

X87

X87

X88

X88

X88

X88

10

9

1

5

9

8

1

3

2

10

6

3

2

7

9

1

5

10

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

6 7 8 9 10 11

15 16 17 18 19 20

G/R1

G/R1

G1.5

G-N1.5

H/R1

H-G1

A-R1.5

H-R1.5

N1

N1

G/R1

N1

H-N1

L/B1

S/N1

H-R1

H-R1

H-R1

H-N

1

H-N

1

C1

N1.

5

A-G

1.5

H-G

1

0 21

1 0

1 0

10

INE OMOLOG./ STD

RKS03330


SK714-5 S

ELECTR

STRUCTUR



N1

A1

L1 L/G

1

L-R

1.5

A/B

1

L-R

1.5

B/R

1

R/N

1

N1.

5

G/R

1

A-R

1.5

R-V

1

L-N

1

B-R

1

H/R

1

X82

X82

X82

X82

1 2 3 4 5

K04 85 87

86 30

G1.5

H-R1

B-R

1

X8986

X8930

X8987

M-N

1

B-N

1

X8985

B-R

1

X78

1

X79

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

A1 L1 G1

G-N

1

R/N

1

GND3

H/R

1

N1

G1

H-R1.5

A-R1.5

L/B1

A/B1

L/G1

B-R1

B-R1

H-R1

M-N1

R-V1

G/R1

N4

G-N1

H/R1

C1

B/R1

L-N1

S/N1

B-N1

H0.5

L-R1.5

L-R1.5

M1.

K95 86 87a 87

85 30

X9586

X9585

X9530

X9587a

N1

L-R

1

R-V

1

M1

TO TOP CABIN L

= Parts not included in the wiring

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

C

S03 1 2

54

S05

1 7 9

3 10

S06 1 7 9

3 10

S09 2 8 5 10

4 6 3 1 7

16 17 18 19 20

X104

X104

X104

X105

X105

X105

X105

X105

X105

X106

X106

X106

X106

X106

X107

X107

X107

X107

X107

X105

X105

2

1

54

10

8

2

4

3

1

9

7

1

3

10

9

7

1

3

10

7

5

N1

N1

A1

A1

H/R1

G/R1

L/R1

A/N1

L1

G/R1

V-B1

V1

L-R1.5

G/R1

L-R1.5

C-B1

C1

L1

A/N1

N1

G/R1

0 21

0 21

0 21

1 0

RKS3340


5 SK815-5

TRICA

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

1

1

L-N

1

B-R

1

H/R

1

FR

OM

FR

AM

E L

INE

OP

T

10-98 SK815-5 turbo


S13 S14 S36 S37 S15 S38 S39 S40HL1 HL2 HL3 HL4

0

1

HL5

X83

X83

X83

X83

X83

X83

X83

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

1 2 3 4 5 6 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11

C/B

1

L/N

1

Z-N

1

A-G

1

A-N

1

N1

N1

B-R

1

B/R

1

A/B

1

B-R

1

V/B

1

L/G

1

A/V

1

Z/N

1

A-B

1

V/B

0.8

L/G

0.8

A/V

0.8

Z/N

0.8

A-B

0.5

R-N

0.8

N0.

8

R-N

0.8

V/B

0.8

L/G

0.8

A/V

0.8

Z/N

0.8

A-B

0.5

A-G

0.5

A-N

0.5

Z-N

0.5

N0.

8

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14 15

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

X90

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

L/G

1

L-R

1.5

A/B

1

L-R

1.5

B/R

1

R/N

1

N1

G/R

1

A-R

1.5

R-V

1

A1L1

N1.

5

X91

5

X91

1

X91

9

X91

10

N1

S-N

1

G/R

1

L-R

1.5

A-V

1

C/B

1

L-R

1.5

A/N

1

L-N

1

A/V

1

R/N

1

R-V

1

L/N

1

Z-N

1

N1.

5

A-N

1

V/B

1

L/R

1

A-G

1

Z/N

1

A-B

1

A-R

1.5

K05

Z-N1

A-B1

A-G1

A-N1

V1

C1

C-B1

V-B1

A-V1

S-N1

L-R1.5

RIGHT LEVER

LE

FT

LE

VE

RRELAYS UNIT

SWITCH EV ENPI

ELE

10-99

15 16 17 18 19 20

RKS03350


SK714-5 S

ELECTR

STRUCTUR



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14

K10

53M

31 T 15 53S

K12 86 87a 87

85 30

K11 86 87

85 30

K13

R

+

CL(T)

-(53S)X

90.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

X90

.1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

K08 85 30

86 87

K09 85 30

86 87

K07 85 30

86 87

RELAYS UNIT

K05

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

C

16 17 18 19 20

X81

-2

X81

-3

X81

-4

L6 L7

L1

X80

-15

X80

-16

X81

-7

X81

-5

X81

-6

X81

-8

X81

-1

L9L8 L10DL2DL1 DL3

L2 L3 L4

X80

-12

X80

-14

X80

-11

L5

RKS03360


5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

L6

L7

+50

POS.

DL3

L8

+15

GND

GND

C2

C3

POS.

10-100 SK815-5 turbo


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13 14 15

CONTROL PANEL (EXTERNAL WIEW)

DL2L6

C1

L8L7 L9 L10

C

H

L1 L3L2 L4 L5 C2

DL1 DL3

E

F

C3

PARKING BRAKE LAMP

SECOND SPEED LAMPX81-4

X81-3

M-B1

M-V1NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

DL1

DL2

WARNING LED

SEAT LED

X81-7

X81-8 G/N1

M/B1NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

X80-11

X80-10

X80-12

X80-14

X80-13

X80-15

X80-16

B1 L2+50X80-4 START SIGNAL

FUNCTION

SAFETY BAR OPEN LED

FLOAT LAMP

PIN

X81-1

X81-2

POWER SUPPLY (+12V)X80-8

X80-7

X80-6

X80-5

GROUND

GROUND

M-N1

B/N1

WIRE COLOURSIGNAL

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

POS.

L9

L10

H-R1+15

GND

GND

L1

L3

N1 L4

FUNCTION



X80-2

X80-3

PIN

X80-1

C-N1

B-N1

WIRE COLOUR

ohm

ohm

SIGNAL

L5

POS.

M1POSITIVEPREHEATING LAMP

LOW BEAM LAMP

FUNCTION

DIRECTION LAMP

PIN

X81-5

X81-6

AIR FILTER LAMP

GENERATOR LAMP


H0.5

L-N1

WIRE COLOURSIGNAL

POSITIVE

POSITIVE

B-G1

S1

C-L1

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE



FUNCTION

BUZZER

PIN

X80-9

S-G1

Z-B1

G-N1

WIRE COLOUR

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

SIGNAL

POSITIVE

P1

h0000000 C2

X80-2X80-9

HOUR COUNTER

-X80-6

C1

X80-3

C3

FUELLEVEL


+X80-8

WATER TEMP.INDICATOR

ELE

10-101

X86 Panel and front lights SWF switch connectorX87 Brake push button connectorX88 Beacon light switch connectorX89 Float relay connectorX90 Relays box 21 way connectorX91 Enpi valve SWF connectorX104 Direction lights switch connectorX105 SWF hazard connectorX106 Stabilizer push button connectorX107 Stabilizer push button connector


SK714-5 S

ELECTR

COMPONGND3 C6 gFU01 FuseFU02 FuseFU03 FuseFU04 FuseFU05 FuseFU06 FuseFU07 FuseFU08 Fuse

seatFU09 FuseFU10 FuseFU11 FuseHA1 WarHL1 SupeHL2 “C” wHL3 “A” wHL4 “B” wHL5 OptiK04 FloaK05 RelaK06 ElettK07 “B” wK08 “A” wK09 “C” wK10 SupeK11 ReveK12 StopK13 FlasK14 BrakK95 StopP1 ConS01 ReaS02 PaneS03 DireS05 Up-dS06 Up-dS07 BeacS08 BrakS09 HazaS10 StarS11 SafeS12 Bar S13 HornS14 SecoS15 Floa

STRUCTUR



ENTSround terminal 3A left side lights, plate light 3A control panel lights, right side lights 15A horn, low beam or front work lights 10A switch lights, direction lights 15A rear work light, stop light 10A lever switch power supply, float 10A current intake 12V, hazard, beacon light 10A control panel, electronic unit, fuel shut off, safety bar proximity,

safety switch, brake switch 10A back-up alarm, attachement 3 way, hi-flow, stabilizer, ENPI valve 7.5A fuel pump, safety engine relay, generator 30A pull solenoid, PPC safety pressure switch

ning buzzerr-flow led diodeay led diodeay led diodeay led diode

onal led diodet relayys box (without relays)ronic unitay relayay relayay relayr-flow detent step by step relayrse hi-flow momentary relay

lights relayher unite relay light relaytrol panelr work lights switchl lights and low beam lights switch

ction lights switchown left stabilizer buttonown right stabilizer buttonon light switche switchrd switch

ting switchty seat switchPNP safety sensor push buttonnd speed push button

t push button

S36 Reverse hi-flow momentary push buttonS37 Super-flow detent push buttonS38 “C” way push buttonS39 “A” way push buttonS40 “B” way push buttonX44 Parking brake relay connectorX45.1 From frame line mark 13 way connectorX46.1 From frame line 4 way connectorX47.1 Ground 2 way connectorX48.1 From frame line mark 5 way connectorX49.1 From frame line mark 11 way connectorX50 Safety control box 23 way connectorX52 Buzzer 1 way connectorX53 Buzzer 1 way connectorX54 Proximity bar 3 way connectorX55 Safety seat switch 2 way connectorX56 Fuse 1 way connectorX57 Fuse 1 way connectorX58 Fuse 1 way connectorX59 Fuse 1 way connectorX60 Fuse 1 way connectorX61 Fuse 1 way connectorX62 Fuse 1 way connectorX63 Fuse 1 way connectorX64 Fuse 1 way connectorX65 Fuse 1 way connectorX66 Fuse 1 way connectorX67 Fuse 1 way connectorX68 Fuse 1 way connectorX69 Fuse 1 way connectorX70 Fuse 1 way connectorX71 Fuse 1 way connectorX72 Fuse 1 way connectorX73 Fuse 1 way connectorX74 Fuse 1 way connectorX75 Fuse 1 way connectorX76 Fuse 1 way connectorX77 Fuse 1 way connectorX78 Current intake 1 way connectorX79 Current intake 1 way connectorX80 Control panel 16 way connectorX81 Control panel 8 way connectorX82 Lights line 11 way connectorX83 Left lever 12 way connectorX84 Right lever 12 way connectorX85 Rear work lights SWF switch

E AND FUNCTION

10-103

4 3 2 1

NTERIORE DXRKING LIGHT

FARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE SXREAR LEFT WORKING LIGHT

FARO DI LAVORO ANTERIORE SXFRONT LEFT WORKING LIGHT

H10

H4

A B

AB

RKS03370

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE STANDARD) (1/2)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE STANDARD) (1/2)

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

7 16

54

32

98

1110

AB

CURRENT INTAKE(12V)PRESA 12V

FARO DI LAVORO A

HORNAVV. ACUSTICO

FRONT RIGHT WO

LINEA CRUSCOTTOFROM DASHBOARD CABLE

FARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE DXREAR RIGHT WORKING LIGHT

GROUNDMASSE

MASSA CLAXONHORN GROUND

X82.1

HA2

H6

H11

GND4

XP1

GND6

AB

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

ELEC

HA

FR

OM

CA

BIN

LIN

E

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE STANDARD) (2/2)

alrminal

pmptht

1 way connectoray connector

way connectorts 2 way connectorhts 2 way connectorctor

on light 1 way connectoron light 1 way connector

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

2

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

X82.1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

X113

1

10-104 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE STANDARD) (2/2)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H1

C1

H4 H6 H10 H11

H-G1

A-G1

H-N1

H-N1

N1.5

A-G

1

N1

H-G

1

N1

N1

H-N

1

H-N

1

A-G

1

N1

N1

X108 X108 X109 X109 X110 X110 X111 X111 XP1AXP1

1 2 1 2 A B A B 12

GND4

GND6

M


RKS03390

COMPONENTSGND4 C6 ground terminGND6 C8 horn ground teH1 Beacon lightH4 Left front work lamH6 Right front work laH10 Left rear work lighH11 Right rear work ligHA2 HornX82.1 From cabin line 1X108 Left front light 2 wX109 Right front light 2X110 Left rear work lighX111 Right rear work ligX113 Horn 1 way conneXP1 12V socket, beacXP1A 12V socket, beac

10-105

5 4 3 2 1

RKS03540

AB

ANTERIORE DXRIGHT LIGHT

ORE SXGHT

REAR LEFT LIGHTFANALE POSTERIORE SX

FANALE ANTERIORE SXFRONT LEFT LIGHT

FARO ANABBAGLIANTE SXFRONT LEFT MAIN BEAM

H7

H8

H5

H4

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE OMOLOGATION) (1/2)

SK714-5 S

ELECTR

STRUCTUR


ICAL DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE OMOLOGATION) (1/2)

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

7 16

54

32

98

1110

AB

A B

A

B

CURRENT INTAKE(12V)PRESA 12V

FANALINOFARO ANABBAGLIANTE DX

HORNAVV. ACUSTICO

FRONT RIGHT MAIN BEAMFRONT

LINEA CRUSCOTTOFROM DASHBOARD CABLE

REAR RIGHT LIGHTFANALE POSTERIORE DX

FARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE DXREAR RIGHT WORKING LIGHT

LUCE TARGANUMBER PLATE LIGHT

FARO DI LAVORO POSTERIREAR LEFT WORKING LI

GROUNDMASSE

HORN GROUNDMASSA CLAXON

X82.1

HA2

H6

H9

H11

H12

H10

GND4

XP1

GND6

ł6

ł6

ł8

E AND FUNCTION

SK714-

C

14 15 16 17 18

GND4

RKS03550

M

COGNGNH1H4H5H6H7H8H9H10H11H12HA

124 Rear traffic lights 1 way connector125 Rear traffic lights 1 way connector126 Rear traffic lights 1 way connector127 Rear traffic lights 1 way connector128 Rear traffic lights 1 way connector129 Plate light connector130 Plate light connectorP1 Current intake 12v, beacon lightP1A Current intake 12v, beacon light

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE OMOLOGATION) (2/2)

5 SK815-5

TRICA

1

H

FRO

M C

AB

IN L

INE

MPONENTSD4 Ground øD6 Ground ø

Beacon liLeft low bLeft side Right lowRight sideLeft rear Right reaLeft rear Right reaPlate ligh

2 Horn

10-106 SK815-5 turbo

L DIAGRAM (TOP-CABIN LIGHT LINE OMOLOGATION) (2/2)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1211 13

H1A2

H-N1

C1

N1.5

H8

L 58L

54

31

H9

54 58R

R

31

H4 H5

L 58L

31

H6 H7

58R

R31

H10 H11

L1

G1

R/N1

N1

H-G

1

A1

G-N

1

A1

G-N1

H-G1

R/N

1

G1L1N1

A1

G-N

1

G1L1 N1

N1

N1

N1

H12

X121 X122 X123 X124 X126 X127X108 X108 X109 X109X115 X116 X117 X118 X119 X120 X111 X111 XP1 XP1AX125 X128 X129 X130 X110 X110

1 1 1 1 1 1A B A B1 1 1 1 1 1 A B 1 11 1 1 1 A B

G1

R/N

1

N1

N1

N1

N1

H-N

1

H-N1

H-N

1

A-G1

A-G

1

A-G

1

X1131

GND6

X82.11

X82.12

X82.13

X82.14

X82.15

X82.16

X82.17

X82.18

X82.19

X82.110

X82.111


6 terminal8 terminalghteamlight beam light

lampr lampwork lightr work lightt

X108 Front low beam 2 way connectorX109 Front low beam 2 way connectorX110 Rear work lights 2 way connectorX111 Rear work lights 2 way connectorX115 Front traffic lights 1 way connectorX116 Front traffic lights 1 way connectorX117 Front traffic lights 1 way connectorX118 Front traffic lights 1 way connectorX119 Front traffic lights 1 way connectorX120 Front traffic lights 1 way connectorX121 Rear traffic lights 1 way connectorX122 Rear traffic lights 1 way connectorX123 Rear traffic lights 1 way connector

XXXXXXXXX

ELE

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (STANDARD)

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (STANDARD)

L6 L7 L8 L9 L10

C1

L1

C

L2 L3

H

L4 L5

DL2 DL3DL1

E

C2 C3

F

S13 S14

NC

NO

C

NC

NO

C

WIRE COLOUR

WIRE COLOUR

POWER SUPPLY (+12V)

FLOAT LAMP

SAFETY BAR OPEN LED

FUNCTION

SECOND SPEED LAMP

L8 X81-2

X81-3

X81-4L7

L6 PARKING BRAKE LAMP

X80-7

X80-8

PIN

X81-1DL3

POS.

+15

POSITIVE

POSITIVE

NEGATIVE

SIGNAL

NEGATIVE

+15



START SIGNAL

FUNCTION

X80-2

X80-5

X80-6

X80-4

X80-3

X80-1

GND

GND

+50

C2

C3

GROUND

GROUND

PINPOS.

ohm

ohm

GND

GND

+50

SIGNAL

DIRECTION LAMP


FUNCTION

X81-6L10 LOW BEAM LAMP

SEAT LED

WARNING LED

DL2

DL1

X81-8

X81-7

GENERATOR LAMP

L9

POS.

X81-5

PIN

L3

L1

X80-16

X80-15

POSITIVE

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

SIGNAL

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

WIRE COLOUR

FUNCTION


BUZZER

AIR FILTER LAMP


PREHEATING LAMP

L4

L2

X80-13

X80-14

X80-12

L5

X80-10

X80-11

X80-9

POS. PIN

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

SIGNAL WIRE COLOUR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

11

H-N

1

H-N

1

C1

N1.

5

H-G

1

X80-2X80-9 X80-3

WATER TEMP.INDICATOR

-X80-6

HOUR COUNTERC1 C3

FUELLEVEL

C2

+X80-8

X80-

15

X80-

16

X80-

12

X80-

14

X80-

11X8

1-7

X81-

2

X81-

3

X81-

4

L6 L7

X81-

5

X81-

6

L9L8 L10

L1 L3L2 L4

X81-

8

X81-

1

DL2DL1 DL3

L5

B-N1

C-N1

B1

N1

H-R1

G-N1

Z-B1

S-G1

M1

C-L1

S1

B-G1

B/N1

M-N1

M-V1

M-B1

L-N1

H0.5

M/B1

G/N1

GND2

L-R1.5

l

N4

R-N2.5

R4

R-N1.5

M-V

1

X37

M1

M-B

1

X36X36X35X3512121

N1

N1N

1

N1

M-N

1

V-N

1

R2.

5

L-G

1

X34X34X33X33X32 X32A

21211 1

R-G1

B-G1

M2.5

R2.5

R-V1

B1

S1

C-N1

C-L1

S-G1

B-N1

pS32

pS33

Y6 Y3Y2Y1


B-G1

H-L1

H-L1

M1

H-L1

X4485

X4430

X4487a

X4486 K14 86 87a 87

85 30

BRAKE P.B. IN

HI-SPEED P. B. IN

FLOAT P. B. IN

SAF. BAR. SW IN

SEAT SWITCH IN

POW. SUPP. +12V

EV BRAKE OUT

STOP ENGINE OUT

BRAKE LIGHT OUT

SAF. BAR.LED OUT

SEAT LED OUT

WARNING LED OUT

FLOAT OUT

BUZZER OUT (-)

HI-SPEED OUT

GND

HORN OUT

START SIGN. IN

+12V HORN

HORN PUSH B. IN

PPC SAF. SW. IN

EV PPC OUT

BUZZER OUT (+)

10A

B-R

1

H-R1

H-R1.5

B/R1

V-N1

L-G1

B1

C1

B-N1

S/N1

L/B1

L/G1

G/N

1

G/N1

Z-B

1

Z-B1

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

H0.

5

Z-B

1

H-R

2.5

M-N

1

X81

8

X81

7

X81

6

X81

5

X81

4

X81

3

X81

2

X81

1

X80

16

X80

15

X80

14

X80

13

X80

12

X80

11

X80

10

X80

9

X80

8

X80

7

X80

6

X80

5

X80

4

X80

3

X80

2

X80

1

K06

P1

M-V

1

G/N

1

R/N1

G/R

1

A-R

1.5

H/R

1

R-N

2.5

R-G

1

M/B

1

B-G

1

M-B

1

B/N

1

L-R

1.5

H-R

1

H-R

1

C-B

1

H-R

1

N1

C/N

1

X77X75X73X71X69X67X65X63X61X59X5711111111111

X76X74X72X70X68X66X64X62X60X58X5611111111111

X552

X551

X54C

X54B

X54A

X531

X521

S1

C-L

1

M1

S-G

1

G/N

1

H-R

1

B1

B-N

1

N1

C-N

1

R2.

5R-N2.5A/B1

M/B1

HA1

R/N1

C/N1

C-B1

B/N1

R4

N1.5

R-N1.5

M-B1


B1

ELEC

TRO

NIC

UN

IT

M2.

5

H-R

2.5

S12S11

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

3A15A7.5A15A10A10A7.5A7.5A30AR1

STOFF ACC

S10

R1 ACC BR R2 C

B

B-R

1R

-N0.

5

GND3

B-R

1

B-R

1

X89

85

B-N

1

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

1110987654321

A-G

1.5

RIG

HT

LEVE

R

R-N

0.5

L/G

0.5

L/G

1

X84X84

S15

M-N

1

L/G

0.5

V/B

0.5


LEFT

LEV

ER

X89

87

X89

30

X89

86

10

S08

15/1 30/3 L/6

49/4 30b/2 R/7

N1.

5

H-G

1

H-N

1

H-N

1

X88

X88

X88

X88

X87

X87

X87

X87

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X85

X85

X85

X85

B/R

1

A/B

1

X83X83X83

C1

H-R1.5

H-R1

H-R1

S/N1

N1

G/R1

L/B1

N1

N1

H-R1

A-R1.5

H/R1

H-G1

H-N1

A-G1.5

G1.5

G/R1

G/R1

B-R

1

1 0

S01

1 9

5 10

1 0

S07

1 9

5 10

S14S13

0 21

3

10

5

1

9

7

2

3

6

10

2

1

8

9

10

5

1

9

S02

1 6 8 9

3 2 10

K04 85 87

86 30

*AMP

1CONNETTORE RELE’ BRAKE / BRAKE RELAY CONN.X44

104610027 (KUE 37A-54-14291)UNIDECKPANNELLO STRUMENTI /CONTROL PANELP1

1CONNETTORE 23 VIE CENTRALINA ELETTRONICA / ELECTRONIC UNIT 23 WAY CONN.X50

106AA008 (KUE 885081160)CIAM

106AA008 (KUE 885081160)CIAM

157061 (KUE 885071043)CIAM

106AA018 (KUE 885081159 )CIAM

0A003455 (KUE 37A-06-11410)CIAM

E-A1TMU/3AP (KUE 37A-06-11250)SAIET

01171077 (KUE 885070046)

1PULSANTE FLOAT / FLOAT PUSH BUTTONS15

*

FUSE 15A REAR WORK LIGHT

FUSE 30A PULL SOLENOID, PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCHFUSE 7.5A FUEL PUMP, SAFETY ENGINE RELAY, GENERATOR

FUSE 10A CURRENT INTAKE 12V, BEACON LIGHT

FUSE 7.5A SWITCH LIGHTSFUSE 15A HORN, FRONT WORK LIGHTSFUSE 3A CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS

FUSE 7.5A BACK-UP ALARMFUSE 10A CONTROL PANEL, ELECTRONIC UNIT, FUEL SHUT OFF, SAFETY BAR PROXIMITY, SEAT SAFETY SWITCH, BRAKE SWITCH

CIAMCIAM

1RELE’ FRENO / BRAKE RELAY K141CENTRALINA ELETTRONICA / ELECTRONIC UNIT K06

1*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA BUZZER /BUZZER 1 WAY CONN.X531*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA BUZZER /BUZZER 1 WAY CONN.X52

1*AMPCONNETTORE MARK 5 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE 5 WAY CONN.X48.11DTP04-2PDEUTSCHCONNETTORE 2 VIA MASSA DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE 2 WAY GROUND CONN.X47.11DTP04-4PDEUTSCHCONNETTORE 4 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE 4 WAY CONN.X46.11*AMPCONNETTORE MARK 13 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE 13 WAY CONN.X45.1

1PULSANTE SECONDA VELOCITA’ /SECOND SPEED PUSH BUTTONS141PULSANTE CLAXON /HORN PUSH BUTTONS131PROXIMITY DI SICUREZZA PNP BRACCIOLO /BAR PNP SAFETY SENSORS121FINECORSA SICUREZZA SEDILE /SAFETY SEAT SWITCHS111QUADRO AVVIAMENTO /STARTING SWITCHS101PULSANTE FRENO / BRAKE SWITCHS081INTERRUTTORE SWF LAMPADA ROTANTE /BEACON LIGHT SWITCHS071INTERRUTTORE SWF 2 POSIZIONI STABILI LUCI STRUMENTO E ANAB. /PANEL LIGHTS AND LOW BEAM LIGHTS SWITCHS021INTERRUTTORE SWF 1 POS. STABILE FARI LAVORO POST /REAR WORK LIGHTS SWITCHS01

1RELE’ FLOAT / FLOAT RELAYK04

11BUZZER SEGNALAZIONE ANOMALIE / WARNING BUZZERHA11111FU111FU101FU091FU081FU07

FU061FU051FU041FU031FU02

FU01

QTATIPO/ TYPECOSTRUT./ SUPP.DESCRIZIONE/ DESCRIPTIONNOME/ NAME

1*AMPOCCHIELLO C6 MASSA / C6 GROUND TERMINALGND3

****

DT04-12P,DT06-12-S*

SWF

CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.

11CONNETTORE RELE’ FLOAT / FLOAT RELAY CONN.X891CONNETTORE SWF INTERRUTTORE LAMPEGGIANTE /BEACON LIGHT SWITCH CONN.X881PNEUTRONCONNETTORE PULSANTE FRENO / BRAKE SWITCH CONN.X871SWFCONNETTORE SWF LUCI STRUM. E FARI ANABB. ANTERIORI /PANEL AND FRONT LIGHTS SWF SWITCH CONN.X861SWFCONNETTORE SWF INTERRUTTORE FARI LAVORO POSTERIORI /REAR WORK LIGHTS SWF SWITCH X85

1DEUTSCHCONNETTORE MARK 12 VIE MANIPOLATORE SX / LEFT LEVER 12 WAY CONN.X831AMPCONNETTORE MARK 11 VIE LINEA FARI /LIGHTS LINE 11 WAY CONN.X821*AMPCONNETTORE 8 VIE PANNELLO DI CONTROLLO /CONTROL PANEL 8 WAY CONN.X811*AMPCONNETTORE 16 VIE PANNELLO DI CONTROLLO / CONTROL PANEL 16 WAY CONN.X801*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESA DI CORRENTE /CURRENT INTAKE 1 WAY CONN.X791*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESA DI CORRENTE /CURRENT INTAKE 1 WAY CONN.X781*AMPX771*AMPX761*AMPX751*AMPX741*AMPX731*AMPX721*AMPX711*AMPX701*AMPX691*AMPX681*AMPX671*AMPX661*AMPX651*AMPX641*AMPX631*AMPX621*AMPX611*AMPX601*AMPX591*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.X58

QTATIPO/ TYPECOSTRUTT./ SUPP.DESCRIZIONE/ DESCRIPTIONNOME/ NAME

1*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.X571*AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.X561*DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 2 VIE SENSORE SICUREZZA SEDILE /SAFETY SEAT SWITCH 3 WAY CONN. X551*DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 3 VIE SENSORE BARRA / PROXIMITY BAR 3 WAY CONN.X54

G1.5

H-R1

H0.

5

X83 X8431321 11 11

N1

N1

H-R

1.5

FU06 FU02FU03FU04FU05FU07FU08FU09FU10FU11 FU013A

G-N

1

G1

G1

FUSE 3A (LEFT SIDE LIGHTS) 1

X78

1

X79

1

N1

H/R

1

h0000000

FUSE 10A LEVER SWITCH POWER SUPPLY, FLOAT

X84 CONNETTORE MARK 12 VIE MANIPOLATORE DX / RIGHT LEVER 12 WAY CONN. DEUTSCH 1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.14X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X01.1

X01.1

X01.1

X02.1

X02.1

X01.1

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

3

2

1

4

3

2

-

1 R4

M-N1

N4

M-V1

B1

L-G1

M1

R-N2.5

M2.5

R4

R-N1.5

V-N1

M-B1

L-R1.5

R-G1

S1

C-N1

C-L1

S-G1

B-N1

B-G1

N4

R4

N4

L-G1

M-V1

M1

B-N1

R-N2.5

R4

M-B1

M-N1

R-V1

R-N1.5

B1

S1

C-N1

C-L1

S-G1

L-R1.5

R-G1

B-G1

M2.5

V-N1

N4

R4

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X46.1

X46.1

X46.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X47.1

X47.1

X46.1

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

2

1

X48

X48

X48

X48

X46

X46

X46

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X47

X47

X46

1

2

3

4

4

4

2

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

2

1

R2.

5

R-N

2.5

GND5

N2.

5

DT04-12P,DT06-12-S

P1 CONTROL PANEL (UNIDECK)

X08

6

S-G

1

S26


R6

Y0

S1

G230

D+W

31

M130 50

N50

XB

G1

12Vcc

R50

X11

X09

XM

B2.

5

R-G

1

B2.

5

N2.

5N

2

X13

X11

X11

S-N

1

R-N

1.5

X13X13

B2

FG150A

R6

XF2

R6

XF1

X16

M2 R1S25

X14 X14

N1

R-G

1

X16X15

N1

M2.

5

C-L

1

R2 R3X18X17X17

N1

N1

B-N

1

X18

C-N

1

V1

X06

l

B2

R-N

1.5

R-N

2.5

R-N

1.5

M-V

1

L/B

1

X03

86

X03

30

K01 86 87

85 30

X03

85

X03

87

N1

B1

B2.

5

S-N

1

R-G

1

R4

N1

N1

M-V

1

L/B

1

R-N

1.5

R6

XS1

A

K02

X07

2

X06

-

X07

4

X07

3

XS

X07

1

XS1

B

X08

3

X08

1

X08

5

X21

S28S27

L-R

1

X19

X20

R-V

1

L-R

1

X20 X21

S30S29

L-R

1

X221

X22

Z-N

1

X23X23

S31 HA3

X292

X291

Z-N

1

N1

X281

B-N1

R-G1

B-G1

GND5

R-V1

C-L1

S-G1

B1

S1

C-N1

R-N1.5

R2.5

L-R1

R4

N4

M2.5

R-N2.5

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X02

X02

X01

X01

X01

X01

4

1

2

3

7

5

6

9

10

8

13

11

12

-

l

2

1

4

3

X109

2

HA2

X1131

GND6

H6H4

X108

2

H-N

1

N1

X108

1

H-N

1

N1

X109

1

XP1A

1

H1H11H10

A-G

1

A-G

1

N1

X110

A

X110

B

N1

X111

A

X111

B

N1

H-G

1

XP1

2

A-G1

H-N1

H-N1

N1.5

C1

H-G1

GND4

A-G

1

R-B

1

G1

R1

N1

RKS03680


pU

3GM

1

1

2

1

3

31

21 1- + 21 -AC +

2

1

1 2 1 2 21

ENGINE YANMAR PARTS

M pt

POW

ERB

OX

K03

SAFETYRELAY

pp pp

p

OCCHIELLLO C8 MASSA CLAXON/ C8 HORN GROUND TERMIMAL

CONN. 2 VIE FARO LAVORO POST. DX / RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHTS 2 WAY CONN.

OCCHIELLLO C6 MASSA / C6 GROUND TERMIMALCONNETTORE 1 VIA CLAXON / HORN 1 WAY CONN.CONN. 1 VIA PRESA 12V, GIROFARO / 12V SOCKET, BEACON LIGHT 1 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE LUCE ANTERIORE DX / RIGHT FRONT LIGHT 2 WAY CONN.CONN. 2 VIE FARO LAVORO POST. SX / LEFT REAR WORK LIGHTS 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE LUCE ANTERIORE SX / LEFT FRONT LIGHT 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE MARK 11 VIE DA LINEA CABINA / FROM CABIN LINE 11 WAY CONN.AVVISATORE ACUSTICO /HORNFARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE DX / RIGHT REAR WORK LAMPFARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE SX / LEFT REAR WORK LAMPFARO DI LAVORO ANT. DX / RIGHT FRONT WORK LAMPFARO DI LAVORO ANT. SX / LEFT FRONT WORK LAMPGIROFARO /BEACON LIGHT

DESCRIZIONE

M

GND6

XP1, XP1AX111

X113GND4

X109X110

X108X82.1HA2H11H10H6H4H1

NOME COSTRUTTORE

AMP

DEUTSCH

AMPAMP

AMP

DEUTSCHPACKARDPACKARDAMP

COBO (KUE)COBO (KUE)

CIAM (KUE)

COBO (KUE)COBO (KUE)CIAM (KUE)

1

*

*

**

*

****

1

11

1

1111

QTA

05-531-000 (885111132)05-531-000 (885111132)05-531-000 (885111132)

110450 (885111118)05-531-000 (885111132)

112001 (885100005)

TIPO

111111

CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 2 LUCI STOP / STOP LIGHT PRESSURE 2 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 1 LUCI STOP / STOP LIGHT PRESSURE 1 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.OCCH. C5 SENSORE INTASA. FILTRO OLIO IDRAULICO / IDRAULIC OIL FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH C5 TERMINALCONNETTORE 2 VIE TRASDUTTORE TEMP. ACQUA /ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE SENSORE INTASAMENTO FITRO ARIA / AIR FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE POOL-STOP SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE /FUEL POOL-STOP SOLENOID 3 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 4 VIE TIMER PULL SOLENOIDE/PULL SOLENOID TIMER 4 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 2 BACK-UP /BACK-UP PRESSURE 2 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 1 BACK-UP / BACK-UP PRESSURE 1 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE /FUEL LEVEL SENDER 3 WAY CONN.

OCCHIELLO C6 RESISTENZA PRERISCALDO / PREHEATING START C6 TERMINALCONNETTORE 2 VIE POMPA GASOLIO / FUEL PUMP 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE ALTERNATORE /GENERATOR 3 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE MARK 13 VIE LINEA TELAIO /FRAME LINE MARK 13 WAY CONN.OCCHIELLO C6 ALTERNATORE / C6 GENERATOR TERMINALCONNETTORE 6 VIE SAFETY RELAY /SAFETY RELAY 6 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE DIODO ANTIDISTURBO / DIODE 2 WAY CONN.

X20

X22X23

X21

X18X19

X17

X16X15X14X13

X08

X11X10X09

X06X07

TIMER 1 SECONDO PULL SOLENOIDE / FUEL PULL SOLENID VALVE TIMER 1 SECONDSAFETY RELAY

RESISTENZA PRERISCALDO /PREHEATING STARTER

CONNETTORE RELE SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE / FUEL SOLENOID RELAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE / 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 3 VIE LINEA TELAIO /FRAME LINE 3 WAY CONNECTORELETTROVALVOLA STOP SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE /STOP FUEL SOLENOID VALVE DIODO 1A / DIODE 1APRESSOSTATO MINIMA PRESSIONE OLIO MOTORE /ENGINE OIL MIN. PRESSURE SWITCHPRESSOSTATO BACK-UP /BACK-UP ALARM PRESSURE SWITCHPRESSOSTATO BACK-UP /BACK-UP ALARM PRESSURE SWITCHPRESSOSTATO STOP /STOP LIGHTS PRESSURE SWITCHPRESSOSTATO LUCI STOP /STOP LIGHTS PRESSURE SWITCHPRESSOSTATO INTASAMENTO OLIO IDRAULICO /HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER BLOCKED SWITCHSENSORE INTASAMENTO FILTRO ARIA /AIR FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH TRASDUTTORE DI TEMP. ACQUA MOTORE /ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE SENDERSENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE /FUEL LEVEL SENDER

POMPA GASOLIO / FUEL PUMPMOTORINO AVVIAMENTO / STARTER MOTOR

RELE’ SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE /FUEL SOLENID VALVE RELAYALTERNATORE /GENERATORBATTERIA /BATTERY 100AhFUSIBILE GENERALE 80A /GENERAL FUSE 50A

DESCRIZIONE/DESCRIPTION

M1

Y0

X02X03

X01

S31V1

S30S29S28S27S26S25

R1

R3R2

M2

NOME/NAME

G2

K02K03

K01

FG1G1

1

DT06-2SDEUTSCH

DEUTSCHDEUTSCHDEUTSCH

DT06-2SDT06-2SDT06-2S

DEUTSCH

**

*

AMP**

SUMITOMO

SUMITOMO

**

**

MINITIMER

DT06-3S

**

*

**

6189-0442

6195-0021

**

**

1

11

1

11

1

1111

1

11111

11

1

29-0419-0000 (37A-04-11140)

L5 600 103 085 (37C-06-11110)

123900-77010YANMAR

FMDI (KUE)FMDI (KUE)

YANMAR

YANMAR

**

*

CIAM

FMDI (KUE)

FMDI (KUE)DONALDSON (KUE)YANMAR (KUE)COBO (KUE)YANMARYANMAR

FMDI (KUE)

11717.70 (37A-06-11680)11717.70 (37A-06-11680)

129005-779501A 1N4007

**

*

*

11717.70 (37A-06-11680)11717.70 (37A-06-11680)

129100-77500129612-52100

11716/1 (885261034)X770317 (37A-06-11960)(7861-92-3320)

COSTRUT./SUPPL.

YANMAR (KUE)

MATSUSHITA (KUE)YANMAR (DENSO)FIAMM (KUE)CIAM

129423-77200

119802-77200

CB1aH (885071022)

TIPO/TYPE

163028

1

1

11

1

11111111

1

11

1

1

111

1

11

QTA

CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESSOSTATO PPC SAFETY / PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCH 1 WAY CONN.

OCCHIELLO C6 MASSA / C6 GROUND TERMINAL OCCHIELLO C8 MASSA / C8 GROUND TERMINAL CONNETTORE 5 VIE LINEA CABINA / CABIN LINE 5 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIe MASSA / GROUND 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 4 VIE LINEA CABINA / CABIN LINE 4 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 13 VIE LINEA CABINA / CABIN LINE 13 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESSOSTATO FRENO /BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. SECONDA VELOCITA’ /SECOND SPEED VALVE 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. FRENO /BRAKE VALVE 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. FLOAT / FLOAT VALVE 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. SERVOCOMANDI (PPC) /PPC VALVE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESSOSTATO PPC SAFETY / PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCH 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE MARK 13 VIE LINEA MOTORE /ENGINE LINE 13 WAY CONN. CONNETTORE 2 VIE LINEA MOTORE /ENGINE LINE 2 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 4 VIE LINEA MOTORE / ENGINE LINE 4 WAY CONN.ELETTROVALVOLA FRENO /BRAKE VALVEELETTROVALVOLA SECONDA VELOCITA’ /SECOND SPEED VALVEELETTROVALVOLA FLOAT /FLOAT VALVEELETTROVALVOLA SERVOCOMANDI /PPC VALVEPRESSOSTATO FRENO STAZIONAMENTO /BRAKE VALVE PRESSURE SWITCHPRESSOSTATO PPC SAFETY / PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCH


X35

GND5GND2X48X47

X37

X46X45

X36

X32

X33X34

X32A

X10.1X02.1X01.1Y6

NOME/NAME

Y3Y2

S33Y1

S32

DEUTSCHDEUTSCH

**

***

HYDRAFORCEDEUTSCH

AMP

*

**

AMP

**

DTP06-2SDTP-06-4S

**

***

SUPERSEALSUPERSEAL

DTP04-4P

*

**

**

*

COSTRUT. / SUPPL.FMDI (KUE)FMDI (KUE)HYDRAFORCEHYDRAFORCEHYDRAFORCE

11717.75 (37A-06-11670)

TIPO/ TYPE

****

1

1111

111

1

1

11

1

11111111

QTA1

( WIRE SIDE WIEW WIRING )

WIRE POSITIONINGON CONNECTOR

4 5

1 2

X08

6

3

43

21

X07

X14, X18

+ -

3

X13

1 2

OCCHIELLO C6 MASSA / C6 GROUND TERMINAL

ISOLATORE / INSULATORCONNETTORE 2 VIE SAFETY RELAY / SAFETY RELAY 2 WAY CONN.OCCHIELLO C4 SU MOTORINO AVV. / C4 START MOTOR TERMINAL

OCCHIELLO C8 SU MOTORINO AVV. / C8 START MOTOR TERMINALCONNETTORE 2 VIE FUSIBILE GENERALE / GENERAL FUSE 2 WAY CONN.

SIRENA BACK-UP /BACK UP ALARM

CONNETTORE 2 VIE SIRENA BACK-UP /BACK UP ALARM 2 WAY CONN.TERMINALE MINIMA PRESSIONE OLIO MOTORE /ENGINE MIN.PRESSURE SWITCH TERMINAL

HA3XS1XS

GND5XM

XF

X29XB

X28

SUMITOMO

CIAM (KUE)**

**

6195-0060

0A001357 (312612100)**

**

*****

*****

1111111111

10-107SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (OPTIONAL)

ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM (OPTIONAL)

RIGHT LEVER

P1 CONTROL PANEL (EXTERNAL WIEW)

DL2L6

C1

L8L7 L9 L10

C

H

L1 L3L2 L4 L5 C2

DL1 DL3

E

F

C3

X80-9 X80-2 X80-3

LEVELFUEL

HOUR COUNTER

X80-6-

C1

X80-8+ X8

0-11

X80-

14

X80-

12

X80-

16

X80-

15

C3

X81-

4

X81-

3

L6

INDICATORWATER TEMP.

C2

X81-

2

X81-

6

X81-

5

L8L7 L9

X81-

8

X81-

7

X81-

1

DL1L10 DL2

L2L1 L3 L5L4

DL3

L6

L7+50

POS.

DL3

L8

+15

GND

GND

C2

C3

POS.

PARKING BRAKE LAMP

SECOND SPEED LAMPX81-4

X81-3 NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

DL1

DL2 SEAT LED

WARNING LEDX81-7

X81-8

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

X80-11

X80-10

X80-12

X80-14

X80-13

X80-15

X80-16

L2+50X80-4 START SIGNAL

FUNCTION

SAFETY BAR OPEN LED

FLOAT LAMP

PIN

X81-1

X81-2

POWER SUPPLY (+12V)X80-8

X80-7

X80-6

X80-5

GROUND

GROUND

WIRE COLOURSIGNAL

NEGATIVE

POSITIVE

POS.

L9

L10

+15

GND

GND

L1

L3

L4

FUNCTION



X80-2

X80-3

PIN

X80-1

WIRE COLOUR

ohm

ohm

SIGNAL

L5

POS.

POSITIVEPREHEATING LAMP

LOW BEAM LAMP

FUNCTION

DIRECTION LAMP

PIN

X81-5

X81-6

AIR FILTER LAMP

GENERATOR LAMP


WIRE COLOURSIGNAL

POSITIVE

POSITIVENEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE



FUNCTION

BUZZER

PIN

X80-9

WIRE COLOUR

NEGATIVE

NEGATIVE

SIGNAL

POSITIVE

NO

NC

C

S13 NO

NC

C

S14 NC

C

NC

NO

S38 NO

C

S15

S39 S40S37S36

LEFT LEVER

HL1 HL3 HL2 HL4

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

X82.

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

A1

L1 G1

G-N

1

R/N

1

H-N

1

H-N

1

C1

N1.

5

H-G

1

A-G

1


B-N1

C-N1

B1

N1

H-R1

G-N1

Z-B1

S-G1

M1

C-L1

S1

B-G1

B/N1

M-N1

M-V1

M-B1

L-N1

H0.5

M/B1

G/N1


11717.15 (885411439)11717.75 (37A-06-11670)FMDI (KUE)

FMDI (KUE) 1PRESSOSTATO FRENO STAZIONAMENTO /BRAKE VALVE PRESSURE SWITCHS331PRESSOSTATO PPC SAFETY /PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCHS32

N1.

5

L-R

1.5

L-R1.5

S-N

1.5

S-N1.5

GND1GND2

N4

L-R1.5

M1

M1

M-V1

R-V1

L-G1

R-N2.5

M2.5

R4

R-N1.5

V-N1

M-B1

L-R1.5

B1

M-N1

B-G1

S-G1

C-L1

S1

C-N1

S1

R-G1

B-N1

X42

X42

X43

X42

X42

X42

X41

X41

X41

X41

5 4 13 2 14 3 2 1

A-G

1A-G1

C-B

1

C1

V-B

1

V1

A-N

1

A-B

1

A-N1

A-V

1

Z-N

1

N1

N1

Y4Y5

A-B1

Z-N1

A-V1

V-B1

V1

C-B1

C1

R-N2.5

R4

R-N1.5

M-V

1

M-B

1

2

N1

N1

N1

N1

M-N

1

V-N

1

R2.

5

L-G

1

X40X40X39X39 X37X36X36X35X35X34X34X33X33X32 X32A2121 112121211 1

R-G1

B-G1

M2.5

R2.5

R-V1

B1

C-N1

C-L1

S-G1

B-N1

pS32

pS33

Y6 Y3Y2Y1

CBA

a c b

DEUTSCHDEUTSCHDEUTSCH

5120072CIAM (AMP)MALE PINX81125216CIAM (AMP)5 WAY FEMALE MARK II CONN.X8

DEUTSCH

1HDC36-18PLUGX12160460-204-12141MALE PINX1211114021WASHERX121

N1.5

N1.

5

N1.5

R1.5

R1.

5

X85

X84

X83

X82

X81

+15GROUND

A-G

1.5

A-B

1.5

A-N

1.5

A-B1.5

A-N1.5

A-G1.5

RIGHT LEVER

X121 H

X121 G

X121 F

X121 E

X121 D

X121 C

X121 B

X121 A

"B" WAY ATTACHEMENTGROUND

"C" WAY ATTACHEMENT"A" WAY ATTACHEMENT

1114020-90NUTX1211HD34 18-8PNDEUTSCHATTACHEMENT 8 WAY CONN. X121

QTATIPOCOSTRUTTOREDESCRIZIONENOME

X1131

A-G

1

A-G

1

H-N

1

H-N

1

N1

N1

N1

N1

R/N

1

G1

CURRENT INTAKE 12V, BEACON LIGHT

CONN. PRESA 12V , GIROFARO / XP1-XP1A

CONN. LUCE TARGA / PLATE LIGHT CONN.X129-X130

4AMPX125-X126-X127-X128 CONNETTORI 1 VIA FANALI POSIZIONE POST. / REAR TRAFFIC LIGHTS 1 WAY CONN.

PACKARDCONNETTORI 2 VIE FARI LAVORO POST/ REAR WORK LIGHTS 2 WAY CONN.X110-X111

4AMPCONNETTORI 1 VIA FANALI POSIZIONE POST. / REAR TRAFFIC LIGHTS 1 WAY CONN.X121-X122-X123-X124

GND4

H12

CONNETTORI 1 VIA FANALI POSIZIONE ANT./ FRONT TRAFFIC LIGHTS 1 WAY CONN.3AMPCONNETTORI 1 VIA FANALI POSIZIONE ANT. / FRONT TRAFFIC LIGHTS 1 WAY CONN.X118-X119-X1203AMPX115-X116-X1172PACKARD

CONNETTORI 2 VIE FANALI ANTERIORI / FRONT LOW BEAM 2 WAY CONN.X108-X109

N1

N1

N1

N1L1 G1

G-N

1

A1

N1 L1 G1

R/N

1

21AMPCONNETTORE MARK 11 VIE / 11 WAY CONN.X82.11CIAMAVVISATORE ACUSTICO /HORNHA21COBOFANALINO POSTERIORE DX /RIGHT REAR LAMPH91COBOFANALINO POSTERIORE SX / LEFT REAR LAMPH81COBOFANALINO ANTERIORE DX / RIGHT SIDE LIGHTH71COBOFARO ANABBAGLIANTE DX / RIGHT LOW BEAMH61COBOFANALINO ANTERIORE SX / LEFT SIDE LIGHTH51COBOFARO ANABBAGLIANTE SX / LEFT LOW BEAMH4

1COBOFARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE DX / RIGHT REAR WORK LIGHTH111COBOFARO DI LAVORO POSTERIORE SX / LEFT REAR WORK LIGHTH101CIAMGIROFARO /BEACON LIGHTH1

QTATIPOCOSTRUTTOREDESCRIZIONENOME

G-N

1

A1

H-G

1

N1

X110X110X130X129X128X125 XP1AXP1X111X111X120X119X118X117X116X115 X109X109X108X108 X127X126X124X123X122X121

BA1111 11BA111111 BABA 111111

H11H10H7

58R R

31

H6H5 L

58L

31

H4 H9 54

58R R

31

H8 L

58L 54

31

HA2M

H1


C1

L-R

1.5

R-V1

FU013A

B-G1

H-L1

H-L1

M1

H-L1

X44

X44

X44

X44

85

30

87a

86 K14 86 87a 87

85 30

BRAKE P.B. IN

HI-SPEED P. B. IN

FLOAT P. B. IN

SAF. BAR. SW IN

SEAT SWITCH IN

POW. SUPP. +12V

EV BRAKE OUT

STOP ENGINE OUT

BRAKE LIGHT OUT

SAF. BAR.LED OUT

SEAT LED OUT

WARNING LED OUT

FLOAT OUT

BUZZER OUT (-)

HI-SPEED OUT

GND

HORN OUT

START SIGN. IN

+12V HORN

HORN PUSH B. IN

PPC SAF. SW. IN

EV PPC OUT

BUZZER OUT (+)

FU0610A

B-R

1

H-R1

H-R1.5

B/R1

V-N1

L-G1

B1

C1

B-N1

S/N1

L/B1

L/G1

G/N1

Z-B

1

Z-B1

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

X50

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

H-R

2.5

M-N1

4

3

2

1

3

2

1

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1N4

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X81

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

X80

8765432116151413121110987654321

K06

P1

M-V1

G-N

1

R/N1

G/R

1

A-R

1.5

H/R

1

R-N

2.5

R-G

1

H-R

1

H-R

1

C-B

1

H-R

1

N1

C/N

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

X77X75X73X71X69X67X65X63X61X59X571

X76X74X72X70X68X66X64X62X60X58X561

X55 X55X54 X54X54

2 1C BA

X531

X521

L-N

1

G/N

1

H0.

5

Z-B

1

M-N

1

M-V

1

M/B

1

B-G

1

M-B

1

B/N

1

S1

C-L

1

M1

S-G

1

G-N

1

H-R

1

B1

B-N

1

N1

C-N

1

R2.

5R-N2.5A/B1

M/B1

HA1

R/N1

C/N1

C-B1

B/N1

N1.5

R-N1.5

M-B1


B1

B1

EL

EC

TR

ON

IC U

NIT

M2.

5

H-R

2.5

S12 S11

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

H-R

2.5

FU023A

FU0315A

FU0410A

FU0515A

FU0710A

FU0810A

FU0910A

FU107.5A

FU1130A

L-G1

M1

R-N2.5

M2.5

R4

R-N1.5

V-N1

M-B1

L-R1.5

R-G1

S1

C-N1

C-L1

S-G1

B-N1

B-G1

R1ST

OFF ACC

S10

R1 ACC BR R2 C

B

N1

H/R

1

GND3

H-G

1

1

X79

X78

1

B-R

1

X89

B-N

1

M-N

1

X89X89X8985 873086

B-R

1

K04 85 87

86 30

A-G

1.5

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

X82

1110987654321


N1.

5

C1

H-N

1

H-N

1

R/N

1

G-N

1

G1L1A1

10

S08

15/1 30/3 L/6

49/4 30b/2 R/7

H-R1

H-R1

H-R1

S/N1

L/B1

H-N1

N1

G/R1

N1

N1

H-R1.5

A-R1.5

H-G1

H/R1

A-G1.5

G1.5

G/R1

G/R1

X88

X88

X88

X88

X87

X87

X87

X87

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X86

X85

X85

X85

X85

10

5

1

9

7

2

3

6

10

2

3

1

8

9

10

5

1

9

1 0

S01

1 9

5 10

1 0

S07

1 9

5 10

0 21

S02

1 6 8 9

3 2 10

SWITCH EV ENPI

L-R1.5

A-R

1.5

A-B

1

Z/N

1

A-G

1

L/R

1

V/B

1

A-N

1

L-R

1.5

G/R

1

S-N

1.5

N1

X91

X91

X91

X91

10915

N1.

5

Z-N

1

L/N

1

R-V

1

R/N

1

A/V

1

L-N

1

A/N

1

G/R1

N1

A/N1

L1

L-R

1.5

C/B

1

A-V

1

X90

21

X90

20

X90

19

X90

18

X90

17

X90

16

X90

15

X90

14

X90

13

X90

12

X90

11

X90

10

X90

9

X90

8

X90

7

X90

6

X90

5

X90

4

X90

3

X90

2

X90

1

1 0

S09

2 8 5 10

4 6 3 1 7

S-N1.5

N0.

8

Z-N

0.5

A-N

0.5

A-G

0.5

A-B

0.5

Z/N

0.8

A/V

0.8

L/G

0.8

V/B

0.8

R-N

0.8

N0.

8

R-N

0.8

A-B

0.5

Z/N

0.8

A/V

0.8

L/G

0.8

V/B

0.8

C1

C-B1

LEFT

LEV

ER

RIGHT LEVER

HL5

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X84

X83

X83

X83

X83

X83

X83

X83

1198765432111654321

A-V1

L-R1.5

G/R1

L-R1.5

V1

V-B1

V-B1

G/R1

L1

A/N1

L/R1

G/R1

H/R1

A1

A1

N1

N1

A-B

1

Z/N

1

A/V

1

L/G

1

V/B

1

B-R

1

A/B

1

B/R

1

B-R

1

N1

N1

A-N

1

A-G

1

Z-N

1

L/N

1

C/B

1

X105

X105

X107

X107

X107

X107

X107

X106

X106

X106

X106

X106

X105

X105

X105

X105

X105

X105

X104

X104

X104

5

7

10

3

1

7

9

10

3

1

7

9

1

3

4

2

8

10

54

1

2

0 21

S06

1 7 9

3 10

0 21

S05

1 7 9

3 10

C-B1

C1

V1

A-N1

A-G1

A-B1

Z-N1

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

HL4HL3HL2HL1 S40S39S38S15S37S36S14S13

0 21

S03

1 2

54

K05

RELAYS UNIT

G1

G1.5

H-R1

1SWFOCCHIELLO C6 MASSA / C6 GROUND TERMINALGND3

1AMPCONNETTORE MARK 11 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE MARK 11 VIE CONN.X49.1

CONNETTORE SWF PULSANTI PIEDI STABILIZZATORI /STABILIZER PUSH BUTTON CONN.

1BOSCHCONNETTORE RELE’ FRENO PARCHEGGIO / PARKING BRAKE RELAY CONN.X44

1BOSCHCONNETTORE RELE’ FLOAT / FLOAT RELAY CONN.X89

1CEMBRECONNETTORE SWF VALVOLE ENPI / ENPI VALVE SWF CONN.X91

1DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 12 VIE MANIPOLATORE DX / RIGHT LEVER 12 WAY CONN.X841DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 12 VIE MANIPOLATORE SX / LEFT LEVER 12 WAY CONN.X83

CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESA DI CORRENTE /CURRENT INTAKE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.CONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.

AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA BUZZER / BUZZER 1 WAY CONN.X53AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA BUZZER /BUZZER 1 WAY CONN.X52AMPCONNETTORE 23 VIE CENTRALINA SICUREZZE /SAFETY CONTROL BOX 23 WAY CONN. X50

1AMPCONNETTORE 21 VIE CENTRALINA RELE’ / RELAYS BOX 21 WAY CONN.X90

1SWFCONNETTORE SWF INTERRUTTORE LAMPAGGIANTE /BEACON LIGHT SWITCH CONN.X881PNEUTRONCONNETTORE PULSANTE FRENO / BRAKE SWITCH CONN.X871SWFCONNETTORE SWF LUCI STRUM. E FARI ANABB. ANTERIORI /PANEL AND FRONT LIGHTS SWF SWITCH CONN.X861SWFCONNETTORE SWF INTERRUTTORE FARI DI LAVORO POSTERIORI /REAR WORK LIGHTS SWF SWITCH X85

1AMPCONNETTORE MARK 11 VIE LINEA FARI / LIGHTS LINE 11 WAY CONN.X821AMPCONNETTORE 8 VIE PANNELLO DI CONTROLLO /CONTROL PANEL 8 WAY CONN.X811AMPCONNETTORE 16 VIE PANNELLO DI CONTROLLO /CONTROL PANEL 16 WAY CONN.X802AMPX78-X792AMPX76-X775AMPX71-X72-X73-X74-X755AMPX66-X67-X68-X69-X705AMPX61-X62-X63-X64-X655AMPCONNETTORE 1 VIA FUSIBILE /FUSE 1 WAY CONN.X56-X57-X58-X59-X601DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 2 VIE SENSORE SICUREZZA SEDILE /SAFETY SEAT SWITCH 3 WAY CONN.X551DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 3 VIE SENSORE BARRA / PROXIMITY BAR 3 WAY CONN.X54111

11AMPCONNETTORE MARK 5 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE MARK 5 VIE CONN.X48.11DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 2 VIE MASSA / GROUND 2 WAY CONN.X47.11DEUTSCHCONNETTORE 4 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO / FROM FRAME LINE 4 WAY CONN.X46.11AMPCONNETTORE MARK 13 VIE DA LINEA TELAIO/ FROM FRAME LINE MARK 13 WAY CONN.X45.1

1SWFCONNETTORE SWF PULSANTI PIEDI STABILIZZATORI /STABILIZER PUSH BUTTON CONN.X1071SWFX1061SWFCONNETTORE SWF HAZARD / SWF HAZARD CONN.X1051CONNETTORE INTERRUTTORE LUCI DI DIREZIONE / DIRECTION LIGHTS SWITCH CONN. X104

1PULSANTE "B" WAY / "B" WAY PUSH BUTTONS401PULSANTE "A" WAY / "A" WAY PUSH BUTTONS391PULSANTE "C" WAY / "C" WAY PUSH BUTTONS381PULSANTE SUPER- FLOW DETENT / SUPER-FLOW DETENT PUSH BUTTONS371PULSANTE INVERSIONE HI-FLOW MOMENTARY / REVERSE HI-FLOW MOMENTARY PUSH BUTTONS36

QTATIPO/ TYPECOSTRUT. /SUPP.DESCRIZIONE/DESCRIPTIONNOME/NAME

106AA002 (KUE 885081163)

SAIET E-A1TMU/3AP (KUE 37A-06-1250)

106AA014 (KUE 885081162)0A003455 (KUE 37A-06-11411)106AA008 (KUE 885081160)

106AA002 (KUE 885081163)116003 (KUE 885081161)106AA018 (KUE 885081159)106AA008 (KUE 885081160)

157061 (KUE 885071043)157061 (KUE 885071043)

101170922 (KUE 885070040)CIAMRELE’ FLOAT / FLOAT RELAY K04

1157061 (KUE 885071043)CIAMRELE’ FRENO / BRAKE RELAY K14

01170923 (KUE 37A-06-11430)

122010 (KUE 885411196)

00105013 (KUE 885151012)

04610027(KUE 37A-54-14291)

1DIODO LED OPZIONALE / OPTIONAL LED DIODEHL5

1PULSANTE FLOAT /FLOAT PUSH BUTTONS151PULSANTE SECONDA VELOCITA’ /SECOND SPEED PUSH BUTTONS141PULSANTE CLAXON / HORN PUSH BUTTONS131PROXIMITY DI SICUREZZA PNP BRACCIOLO /BAR PNP SAFETY SENSORS121FINECORSA DI SICUREZZA SEDILE /SAFETY SEAT SWITCHS111QUADRO AVVIAMENTO /STARTING SWITCHS101CIAMINTERRUTTORE 4 FRECCIE /HAZARD SWITCHS091CIAMPULSANTE FRENO / BRAKE SWITCHS081CIAMINTERRUTTORE SWF LAMPADA ROTANTE /BEACON LIGHT SWITCHS071CIAMPULSANTE SU-GIU STABILIZZATORE DX /UP-DOWN RIGHT STABILIZER BUTTONS061CIAMPULSANTE SU-GIU STABILIZZATORE SX /UP-DOWN LEFT STABILIZER BUTTONS051CIAMINTERRUTTORE FRECCIE /DIRECTION LIGHTS SWITCHS031CIAMINTERRUTTORE LUCI STRUMENTO E ANAB./ PANEL LIGHTS AND LOW BEAM LIGHTS SWITCHS021CIAMINTERRUTTORE SWF FARI LAVORO POST / REAR WORK LIGHTS SWITCHS01

1UNIDECKPANNELLO STRUMENTI /CONTROL PANELP1

1CIAMINTERMITTENZA /FLASHER UNITK131CIAMRELE’ LUCI STOP /STOP LIGHTS RELAYK121CIAMRELE’ INVERSIONE HI-FLOW MOMENTARY / REVERSE HI-FLOW MOMENTARY RELAYK111CIAMRELE’ PASSO PASSO SUPER-FLOW DETENT / SUPER-FLOW DETENT STEP BY STEP RELAYK101KUERELE’ "C" WAY / "C" WAY RELAYK091KUERELE’ "A" WAY / "A" WAY RELAYK081KUERELE’ "B" WAY / "B" WAY RELAYK07101171077 (KUE 885070046)CIAMCENTRALINA ELETTRONICA / ELETTRONIC UNITK061CIAMSUPPORTO RELE’ / RELAYS BOX (WITHOUT RELAYS)K05

1DIODO LED "B" WAY / "B" WAY LED DIODEHL41DIODO LED "A" WAY / "A" WAY LED DIODEHL31DIODO LED "C" WAY / "C" WAY LED DIODEHL21DIODO LED SUPER-FLOW / SUPER-FLOW LED DIODEHL11BUZZER SEGNALAZIONE ANOMALIE /WARNING BUZZERHA11FUSE 30A PULL SOLENOID, PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCHFU111FUSE 7.5A FUEL PUMP, SAFETY ENGINE RELAY, GENERATORFU101FUSE 10A BACK-UP ALARM, ATTACHEMENT 3 WAY, HI-FLOW, STABILIZER, ENPI VALVEFU091FUSE 10A CONTROL PANEL, ELECTRONIC UNIT, FUEL SHUT OFF, SAFETY BAR PROXIMITY, SAFETY SEAT SWITCH, BRAKE SWITCHFU081FUSE 10A CURRENT INTAKE 12V, HAZARD, BEACON LIGHTFU071FUSE 10A LEVER SWITCH POWER SUPPLY, FLOATFU061FUSE 15A REAR WORK LIGHT, STOP LIGHTFU051FUSE 10A SWITCH LIGHTS, DIRECTION LIGHTSFU041FUSE 15A HORN, LOW BEAM OR FRONT WORK LIGHTSFU031FUSE 3A CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS, RIGHT SIDE LIGHTSFU021FUSE 3A LEFT SIDE LIGHTS, PLATE LIGHTFU01

QTATIPO/ TYPECOSTRUT. /SUPP.DESCRIZIONE/DESCRIPTIONNOME/NAME

h0000000

K0985 30

86 87

K13

R

+

CL(T)

-(53S)

K0885 30

86 87

K1286 87a 87

85 30

K0785 30

86 87

K1186 87

85 30

K10

53M

31 T 15 53S

885071044885071044885071044

110450 (KUE 885111118)

05-531-000 (K. 885111132)05-531-000 (K. 885111132)

112001 (KUE 885100005)

H12 LUCE TARGA / PLATE LIGHT COBO 02224.600 (KUE 885110052) 1

GND4-GND6 OCCH. C6 MASSA /C6 GROUND TERMINAL

(KUE 885111133)

(KUE 885111133)(KUE 885110035)

(KUE 885110035)(KUE 885111135)(KUE 885111134)

H-R

1.5

R-N

2.5

X02.1

X02.1

X01.1

X01.1

X01.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X10.1

X01.1

l

-

3

2

1

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

4

R4

4

R4R4

R4

K95 86 87a 87

85 30

DTP04-4P

DT04-12P, DT06-12SDT04-12P, DT06-12S

K95 RELE’ LUCI STOP / STOP LIGHTS RELAY CIAM 157061 (KUE 885071043)1

X47

X48

X48

X48

X48

X46

X46

X46

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X49

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X45

X46

X47 1

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

13

11

10

12

9

8

6

7

4

2

3

5

1

1

2

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X48.1

X46.1

X46.1

X46.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X45.1

X47.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X49.1

X46.1

X47.12

N4

N2.5

N4

GND5

DTP04-2P

N4

X95 CONNETTORE RELE’ LUCI STOP/STOP LIGHT RELAY CONN. AMP 1

X95X95X95X9587a308586

N1

L-R

1

R-V

1

M1

B WHITE

S PINK

Z VIOLETV GREEN

G YELLOWC ORANGE

L BLUE

N BLACKM BROWN

R RED

H GREY

A LIGHTBLUE

WIRING COLOURS

GREEN

G-V ->YELLOW-GREEN(LONGITUDINAL COLOURS)

G/V ->YELLOW/GREEN (TRANSVERSE MARKED)

GREEN

YELLOW

YELLOW

EXAMPLE:

B

WAYWAY

(+12V)KEY

C

H

B

FG

A

C ED

A

( - )

WAY

CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 2 LUCI STOP / STOP LIGHT PRESSURE 2 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 1 LUCI STOP / STOP LIGHT PRESSURE 1 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

OCCH. C5 SENSORE INTASA. FILTRO OLIO IDRAULICO / IDRAULIC OIL FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH C5 TERMINAL

CONNETTORE 2 VIE TRASDUTTORE TEMP. ACQUA /ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE SENSORE INTASAMENTO FITRO ARIA / AIR FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE POOL-STOP SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE /FUEL POOL-STOP SOLENOID 3 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE POMPA GASOLIO / FUEL PUMP 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE ALTERNATORE /GENERATOR 3 WAY CONN.

OCCHIELLO C6 ALTERNATORE / C6 GENERATOR TERMINAL

CONNETTORE 6 VIE SAFETY RELAY /SAFETY RELAY 6 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 2 BACK-UP /BACK-UP PRESSURE 2 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE PRESSOSTATO 1 BACK-UP / BACK-UP PRESSURE 1 SWITCH 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE /FUEL LEVEL SENDER 3 WAY CONN.

OCCHIELLO C6 RESISTENZA PRERISCALDO / PREHEATING START C6 TERMINAL

CONNETTORE MARK 13 VIE LINEA TELAIO /FRAME LINE MARK 13 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE DIODO ANTIDISTURBO / DIODE 2 WAY CONN.

X20

X22

X23

X21

X18

X19

X17

X16

X15

X14

X13

X08

X11

X10

X09

X06

CONNETTORE RELE SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE / FUEL SOLENOID RELAY CONN.

SAFETY RELAY

RESISTENZA PRERISCALDO /PREHEATING STARTER

CONNETTORE 2 VIE / 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 3 VIE LINEA TELAIO /FRAME LINE 3 WAY CONNECTOR

ELETTROVALVOLA STOP SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE /STOP FUEL SOLENOID VALVE

DIODO / DIODE

PRESSOSTATO MINIMA PRESSIONE OLIO MOTORE /ENGINE OIL MIN. PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSOSTATO BACK-UP /BACK-UP ALARM PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSOSTATO BACK-UP /BACK-UP ALARM PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSOSTATO STOP /STOP LIGHTS PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSOSTATO LUCI STOP /STOP LIGHTS PRESSURE SWITCH

PRESSOSTATO INTASAMENTO OLIO IDRAULICO /HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH

SENSORE INTASAMENTO FILTRO ARIA /AIR FILTER BLOCKED SWITCH

TRASDUTTORE DI TEMP. ACQUA MOTORE /ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER

SENSORE LIVELLO CARBURANTE /FUEL LEVEL SENDER

POMPA GASOLIO / FUEL PUMP

MOTORINO AVVIAMENTO / STARTER MOTOR

RELE’ SOLENOIDE CARBURANTE /FUEL SOLENID VALVE RELAY

ALTERNATORE /GENERATOR

BATTERIA /BATTERY 100Ah

FUSIBILE GENERALE 80A /GENERAL FUSE 80A


M1

Y0

X02

X03

X01

S31

V1

S30

S29

S28

S27

S26

S25

R1

R3

R2

M2

NOME/NAME

G2

K03

K01

FG1

G1

1

DT06-2SDEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

DT06-2S

DT06-2S

DT06-2S

DEUTSCH

*

*

*

AMP

*

*

SUMITOMO

SUMITOMO

*

*

*

MINITIMER

DT06-3S

*

*

*

*

*

6195-0021

6189-0442

*

*

*

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

11

1

1

L5 600 103 085 (37C-06-11110)

29-0419-0000 (37A-04-11140)

YANMAR

FMDI (KUE)

FMDI (KUE)

YANMAR

YANMAR

*

*

*

CIAM

YANMAR (KUE)

FMDI (KUE)

FMDI (KUE)

DONALDSON (KUE)

COBO (KUE)

YANMAR

YANMAR

FMDI (KUE)

129005-77950

1A 1N4007

*

*

*

*

(7861-92-3320)

129100-77500

129612-52100

11717.70 (37A-06-11680)

11716/1 (885261034)

X770317 (37A-06-11960)

COSTRUT./SUPPL.

MATSUSHITA (KUE)

YANMAR (KUE)

YANMAR (DENSO)

FIAMM (KUE)

CIAM

CB1aH (885071022)

129423-77200

119802-77200

TIPO/TYPE163028

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

QTA


ISOLATORE / INSULATOR

CONNETTORE 2 VIE SAFETY RELAY / SAFETY RELAY 2 WAY CONN.

OCCHIELLO C4 SU MOTORINO AVV. / C4 START MOTOR TERMINAL

OCCHIELLO C8 SU MOTORINO AVV. / C8 START MOTOR TERMINAL

CONNETTORE 2 VIE FUSIBILE GENERALE / GENERAL FUSE 2 WAY CONN.

SIRENA BACK-UP /BACK UP ALARM

CONNETTORE 2 VIE SIRENA BACK-UP /BACK UP ALARM 2 WAY CONN.

TERMINALE MINIMA PRESSIONE OLIO MOTORE /ENGINE MIN.PRESSURE SWITCH TERMINAL

HA3

XS1

XS

GND5

XM

XF

X29

XB

X28

SUMITOMO

CIAM (KUE)

**

*

*

6195-0060

0A001357 (312612100)

**

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

CONNETTORE DEUTSCH 2 VIE EV. HIGHT FLOW MOMENTARY /HIGHT FLOW MOMENTARY VALVE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE DEUTSCH 2 VIE EV. HIGHT FLOW DETENT /HIGHT FLOW DETENT VALVE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 4 VIE LINEA CABINA / CABIN LINE 4 WAY CONN.X46


CONNETTORE 2 VIE MASSA LINEA CABINA / GROUND CABIN LINE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 11 VIE LINEA CABINA / CABIN LINE 11 WAY CONN.



GND1-GND2

GND5

X48

X49

X47

CONNETTORE 5 VIE STABILIZZATORI / STABILIZER 5 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 5 VIE ATTACHEMENT / ATTACHEMENT 5 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 1 VIA VALVOLE ENPI / ENPI VALVE 1 WAY CONN.


CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESSOSTATO FRENO /BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH 1 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. SECONDA VELOCITA’ /SECOND SPEED VALVE 2 WAY CONN

CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. BRAKE /BRAKE VALVE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. FLOAT /FLOAT VALVE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE EV. SERVOCOMANDI (PPC) /PPC VALVE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESSOSTATO PPC SAFETY /PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCH 1 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE MARK 13 VIE LINEA MOTORE /ENGINE LINE 13 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 2 VIE LINEA MOTORE /ENGINE LINE 2 WAY CONN.

CONNETTORE 4 VIE LINEA MOTORE /ENGINE LINE 4 WAY CONN.

ELETTROVALVOLA FRENO /BRAKE VALVE

ELETTROVALVOLA SUPER-FLOW DETENT / SUPER-FLOW DETENT VALVE

ELETTROVALVOLA INVERSIONE HI-FLOW MOMENTARY / REVERSE HI-FLOW MOMENTARY VALVE

ELETTROVALVOLA SECONDA VELOCITA’ /SECOND SPEED VALVE

ELETTROVALVOLA FLOAT /FLOAT VALVE

ELETTROVALVOLA SERVOCOMANDI /PPC VALVE

Y5

X41

X43

X45

X42

X40

X39

X37

X36

X35

X34

X33

X32

X01.1

X10.1

X02.1

Y6

Y1

Y3

Y4

Y2

DTP06-4SDEUTSCH 1

DEUTSCH

AMP

AMP

AMP

AMP

DTP06-2S

*

*

*

*

1

1

1

1

1

HYDRAFORCE

DEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

AMP

AMP

AMP

AMP

AMP

HYDRAFORCE

DEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

DEUTSCH

AMP

DEUTSCH

AMP

AMP

DT06-2S

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

DT06-2S

DT06-2S

DT06-2S

SUPERSEAL

*

*

DTP04-4P

*

HYDRAFORCE

HYDRAFORCE

HYDRAFORCE

HYDRAFORCE

*

*

*

*

*

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

GND6

X32A CONNETTORE 1 VIA PRESSOSTATO PPC SAFETY /PPC SAFETY PRESSURE SWITCH 1 WAY CONN. AMP SUPERSEAL 1

X14, X18

( WIRE SIDE WIEW WIRING )

654

ON CONNECTORWIRE POSITIONING

3

X08

21 3

+ -

1

3

1

4

X072

2

X13

N1

XF1

S-N

1

U3

G

G230

D+W

31

M

M130 50

N50

FG150A

G1

12Vcc

B2.

5

XB

R50

X09

X11

X11

XM

S1

R-G

1

XF2

R6R6

pS25

R1

M

M2Y0

ENGINE YANMAR PARTS

X13

X11

X13

N2.

5

B2.

5B

2

N2

X13

R-N

1.5

X15X14X14

R-G

1

N1

M2.

5

X16X16

N1

C-L

1

K01 86 87

85 30

M-V

1

R6

BO

XPO

WER

L/B

1

M-V

1

R-N

1.5

L/B

1

R-N

1.5

R-N

2.5

R-N

1.5 R6

B2

X03 X06X03X03 X03 X06

N1

V1

X07

X07

X07

X07

86 -8785 30 l 34 12

N1

K02

XS

K03

R4

X281

pS31

pS29

pS26

pS27

pS28

t

R3R2X19X17 X17 X18

B-N

1

N1

X18

C-N

1

S-G

1

X20

L-R

1

X20

L-R

1

R-V

1

X21 X21

pS30

Z-N

1

L-R

1

X22X22 X23X231

1 12

1

1

3

3 2 1+- 12 1C A - +

21 1 2 21 21

N1

HA3

X29X2912

Z-N

1

R-G

1

S-N

1

B2.

5

RELAYSAFETY

B1

N1

XS1 X08XS1 X08X08 X08A 1B 53 6

B-G1

R-G1

B-N1

S-G1

C-N1

C-L1

S1

B1

R2.5

R-V1

R-N1.5

L-R1

R4

N4

GND5 X02

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X10

X02

X10

X01

X01

X01

X01

l

8

4

3

2

1

7

6

5

12

11

10

9

-

13

3

1

2

4R-N2.5

M2.5

K02 TIMER 1 SEC PULL FUEL SOLENOID VALVE YANMAR (KUE)

11717.70 (37A-06-11680)

11717.70 (37A-06-11680)

11717.70 (37A-06-11680)

X07 CONNETTORE 4 VIE TIMER / TIMER 4 WAY CONN. 1**

R-B

1

G1

R1

N1

R1.

5

R4

RKS03690

10-109SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS

Normal or standard technical data............................. 2Special tools ............................................................ 14Checking the engine speed ..................................... 15Adjustment of valve clearance (SK714-5 SK815-5) ................................................. 16Adjustment of valve clearance (SK815-5 turbo) ...... 17Measurement of the compression pressure (SK714-5 SK815-5) ................................................. 19Measurement of the compression pressure (SK815-5 turbo) ....................................................... 20Control and adjustment of the fan belt tension ........ 21Control and adjustment of the injection timing......... 22Checking engine oil pressure .................................. 24Adjusting the stroke of the accelerator cables......... 25Regulation of PPC valves’ drive pressure ............... 26

Adjustment of the PPC valve clearances .................28Adjusting the position of the servo-controlengagement safety sensor .......................................29Testing and adjustment of gearing chain tension.....30Control and regulation of the pressures in thehydraulic circuits.......................................................31Testing the hydraulic pump ......................................32Valve calibration .......................................................33Checking the travel deviation ...................................35Control valve ............................................................37Control and regulation of the servo-controlpower supply ............................................................38Elimination of residual pressures - pressurisation ofthe tank.....................................................................40Bleeding air from the hydraulic circuits.....................41

When carrying out controls, adjustments or analyses for troubleshooting, park the machine on firm, level ground.Apply all the machine safety devices and use blocks to prevent any machine movement.

When more than one person is engaged in the work, use the prescribed notices that indicate that the machine is un-dergoing maintenance. Do not allow any unauthorised persons to remain in the vicinity.

When checking the level of the cooling liquid, wait until this liquid has cooled. If the radiator cap is removed while theliquid is still hot and under pressure, it may cause severe burns.

Take great care not to get entangled in moving parts (fan, alternator belt or any of the rotating elements).

20-1SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

NORMAL OR STANDARD TECHNICAL DATAFOR ENGINE

Machine model SK714-5

Engine 4D88E-5KFD

Check item Test conditions UnitStandard

valuePermissible

value

Engine speedHigh idlingLow idlingSet speed

rpm29951150

–

2970÷30201125÷1175

–

Exhaust gascolour

Sudden accelerationAt high idling speed

Boschindex

– –

Valve clearanceIntake valve (20°C)Exhaust valve (20°C)

mmmm

0.200.20

0.15÷0.250.15÷0.25

Compressionpressure(SAE30 oil)

Oil temperature: 40–60 °C(Engine speed)

kg/cm²(rpm)

35±1(250)

28±1(250)

Blow - bypressure(oil SAE30)

Water temperature in operating rangeAt high idling speed

mm H2O – –

Engine oilpressure

Oil temperature: 80 °CAt high idlingAt low idling

kg/cm²kg/cm²

3.0÷4.0>0.6

––

Oiltemperature

Entire speed range °C Max. 120 Max. 120

Fuel injectiontiming

B.T.D.C. degrees – –

Fan belttension

Deflection when pressed with finge forceof approx. 10 kg

mm 10 10÷15


20-2

NORMAL OR STANDARD TECHNICAL DATA

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FOR ENGINE

SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

4D88E-5KFD S4D84E-5KFD

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

29951150

–

2970÷30201125÷1175

–

29951150

–

2970÷30201125÷1175

–

– – – –

0.200.20

0.15÷0.250.15÷0.25

0.200.20

0.15÷0.250.15÷0.25

35±1(250)

28±1(250)

30±1(250)

25±1(250)

– – – –

3.0÷4.0>0.6

––

3.0÷4.0>0.6

––

Max. 120 Max. 120 Max. 120 Max. 120

– – – –

10 10÷15 10 10÷15


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


20-3

FOR MACHINE


Classifi-cation Check item Test conditions Unit

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Stro

ke o

f lev

ers

and

peda

ls

Travel forward

• Engine stopped.• At centre of lever knob• Reading at end of travel• Equipment on the ground

Neutral Forward

mm

65 58.5–71.5

Travel reverse Neutral Reverse 65 58.5–71.5

R.H. travel Neutral Right 65 58.5–71.5

L.H. travel Neutral Left 65 58.5–71.5

Raise arm Neutral Raise 65 58.5–71.5

Lower arm Neutral Lower 65 58.5–71.5

Dump bucket Neutral Dump 65 58.5–71.5

Curled bucket Neutral Curled 65 58.5–71.5

Attachment pedalNeutral Right

20 15–25Neutral Left

Travel speed lever Min. Max. 105 100–110

Accelerator pedal Min. Max. 40 30–50

Ope

ratin

g fo

rce

for c

ontro

l of l

ever

s an

d pe

dals

Travel forward

• Engine speed: min.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Instrument coupling at centre of

control lever knob• Instrument coupling on outside edge

(for pedal control) mm

2.0 1.8–2.2

Travel reverse 2.0 1.8–2.2

R.H. travel 2.0 1.8–2.2

L.H. travel 2.0 1.8–2.2

Raise arm 1.8 1.5–2.1

Lower arm 1.8 1.5–2.1

Dump bucket 1.8 1.5–2.1

Curled bucket 1.8 1.5–2.1

Attachment pedalRight 5.0 4.0–6.0

Left 5.0 4.0–6.0

Travel speed lever 7.5 5.0–10

80 mm


20-4


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS NORMAL OR STANDARD TECHNICAL DATA

FOR MACHINE


Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

65 58.5–71.5 65 58.5–71.5

20 15–25 20 15–25

105 100–110 105 100–110

40 30–50 40 30–50

2.0 1.8–2.2 2.0 1.8–2.2

2.0 1.8–2.2 2.0 1.8–2.2

2.0 1.8–2.2 2.0 1.8–2.2

2.0 1.8–2.2 2.0 1.8–2.2

1.8 1.5–2.1 1.8 1.5–2.1

1.8 1.5–2.1 1.8 1.5–2.1

1.8 1.5–2.1 1.8 1.5–2.1

1.8 1.5–2.1 1.8 1.5–2.1

5.0 4.0–6.0 5.0 4.0–6.0

5.0 4.0–6.0 5.0 4.0–6.0

7.5 5.0–10 7.5 5.0–10

20-5SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


FOR MACHINE



Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Hyd

raul

ic p

ress

ure

Control valve • Engine speed: 1800±50 rpm• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C

bar

190 180–195

Travel motors(forward)

• Engine speed: 2800±10 rpm• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Parking brake: applied• 2nd speed

309 265–316

Travel motors(backward)

• Engine speed: 2800±10 rpm• Parking brake: applied• 2nd speed• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C

309 230–316

Servocontrol • Engine speed: 2800±10 rpm• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C 26 25–30

AS Valve• Machine raised from the ground• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Travel levers: forward

Low idling – –

Set speed – –

Unloading valve• Engine speed: max.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Travel levers: at neutral

– –

Pilo

t sys

tem

and

sec

onda

ry c

ircui

t pre

ssur

es

Pilot system travelforward (start-up) ✽

• Engine speed: 2800±10 rpm• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Machine raised from the ground

✽ Pressure of wheels start rotation

bar

5.5 4.0–7.0

Pilot system travel(maximum)

14.2 13.8–14.7

Pilot system travelreverse (start-up) ✽

5.5 4.0–7.0

Pilot system travelreverse (maximum)

14.2 13.8–14.7

Pilot system travelto right or left(start-up) ✽

5.5 4.0–7.0

Pilot system travelto right or left(maximum)

14.2 13.8–14.7

Pilot system with parkingbrake disengaged

22 min. 22

Eng

ine

spee

d (w

ith lo

ad)

With travel pump

• Engine speed: max.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• 2nd speed• Travel lever: at full stroke• Parking brake: applied

rpm

2800 2800–3000

With travel andequipment pumps

• Engine speed: max.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• 2nd speed• Travel lever: at full stroke• Parking brake: applied• Raise: at end of stroke

2150 2150–2500

20-6 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FOR MACHINE


Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

190 180–195 190 180–195

309 265–316 309 265–316

309 230–316 309 230–316

26.5 25–28 26.5 25–28

– – – –

– – – –

– – – –

5.5 4.0–7.0 5.5 4.0–7.0

14.2 13.8–14.7 14.2 13.8–14.7

5.5 4.0–7.0 5.5 4.0–7.0

14.2 13.8–14.7 14.2 13.8–14.7

5.5 4.0–7.0 5.5 4.0–7.0

14.2 13.8–14.7 14.2 13.8–14.7

25 min. 25 25 min. 25

2800 2800–3000 2800 2800–3000

2400 2250–2500 2550 2450–2700


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


20-7

FOR MACHINE



Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Hyd

raul

ic d

rift o

f wor

k eq

uipm

ent

Fron

t buc

ket

Total work equipment(Downwardmovement of tips ofthe rake blade)

Measuring posture

• In this position, measure extension or retraction ofeach cylinder, and any leakages occurring.

• Horizontal and level ground• Engine: switched off• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Release all residual pressure as soon as you stop

the engine.• Take all readings immediately after stopping the

engine and releasing all residual pressure.• Measure the variation 15 minutes after engine

stop.

mm

Max. 130 Max. 130

Raising cylinder(Retraction)

Max. 14 Max. 14

Bucket cylinder(Extension)

Max. 10 Max. 10

RKS01210


20-8


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FOR MACHINE


Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Max. 130 Max. 130 Max. 130 Max. 130

Max. 14 Max. 14 Max. 14 Max. 14

Max. 10 Max. 10 Max. 10 Max. 10


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


20-9

FOR MACHINE



Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Wor

k eq

uipm

ent s

peed

Sta

ndar

d

Arm

Arm on the ground

Cylinders fullyextended

Measuring posture

• Engine speed: max.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Average value in 3 tests

Rai

se

sec.

3.2 2.7÷3.5

Low

er

2.0 1.8÷2.3

Bucket


Cylinders fullyretracted

Measuring posture


Dum

p

2.0 1.8÷2.3

Cur

l

2.2 1.9÷2.4

Pat

tern

cha

nge

vers

ion

(opt

iona

l)

Arm

Arm on the ground


Measuring posture


Rai

se 3.4 2.9÷3.7

Low

er

2.2 1.9÷2.5

Bucket


Cylinders fullyretracted

Measuring posture


Dum

p

2.0 1.8÷2.2

Cur

l

2.2 1.9÷2.4

RKS01220

RKS01230

RKS01220

RKS01230


20-10


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

20-11SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FOR MACHINE


Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

3.2 2.7÷3.5 3.2 2.7÷3.5

2.0 1.8÷2.3 2.0 1.8÷2.3

2.0 1.8÷2.3 2.0 1.8÷2.3

2.2 1.9÷2.4 2.2 1.9÷2.4

3.4 2.9÷3.7 3.4 2.9÷3.7

2.2 1.9÷2.5 2.2 1.9÷2.5

2.0 1.8÷2.2 2.0 1.8÷2.2

2.2 1.9÷2.4 2.2 1.9÷2.4


20-12 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FOR MACHINE



Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Trav

el

Wheel swing(without load)

Measuring posture

• Engine speed: max.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Machine raised from grouns

Nor

mal

rpm

76 72÷82

With

invr

emen

t

118 110÷126

Travel speed

Measuring posture

• Engine speed: max• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Wheel pressure: min. 2.8 bar• Travel 25 meters and then check the time

needed for cover 25 meters.• Check all the direction

Nor

mal

sec.

8.6 8.17÷9.03

With

incr

emen

t

5.6 5.32÷5.88

Travel deviation

Measuring posture

• Engine speed: max.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C• Wheel pressure: min. 2.8 bar• Travel 20 metres on flat ground and measure the

deviation.• Check all the direction★ The surface must be firm and horizontal.

( ): Value with speed increment

mmMax. 250

(Max. 250)Max. 250

(Max. 250)

RKS01240

RKS01250

RKS01250

10m

20m

X

RKS01710


20-13SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FOR MACHINE


Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

Standardvalue

Permissiblevalue

76 72÷82 76 72÷82

118 110÷126 118 110÷126

8.6 8.17÷9.03 8.6 8.17÷9.03

5.6 5.32÷5.88 5.6 5.32÷5.88

Max. 250(Max. 250)

Max. 250(Max. 250)

Max. 250(Max. 250)

Max. 250(Max. 250)


20-14 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

SPECIAL TOOLS

Measurement check points Symbol Code Name Q.ty Remarks

Engine speed A1

Commerciallyavailable

Multi-scale tachometer 1 20 - 4000 rpm

2Commercially

availableStroboscopic tachometer 1 6 - 30000 rpm

Valve clearance B 1Commercially

available Feeler gauge 1 --

Compression pressure C1 Compression gauge 1 Kit Yanmar

TOL-971900802 Adapter 1

Engine oil pressure D1

Commerciallyavailable

Pressure adapter 1 Thread 1/8”

2Commercially

availableCompression gauge 1 Scale 10 bar

Hydraulic pressure E

1Commercially


2Commercially

availableCompression gauge

1 Scale 400 bar

1 Scale 600 bar

3Commercially


4Commercially

availableSensocontrol kit(Differential pressure)

1 0–1000 bar

5Commercially

availablePressure adapter 1 Thread M10

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS SPECIAL TOOLS

20-15SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CHECKING THE ENGINE SPEED

When checking the engine rpm , always be very carefulnot to touch parts that reach high temperatures and notto get entangled in rotating elements.★ Check the engine speed after the following condi-

tions have been reached:• Temperature of engine cooling water: 68–80 °C.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C.

1 - Mount and connect the tachometer A1.★ If the stroboscopic tachometer A2 is used, remove

plug (1).

2 - Start the engine and check:• Low idling without load (accelerator lever in “mini-

mum” position).• High idling without load (accelerator lever in “ma-

ximum” position).★ Low idling: 1100±50 rpm

★ High idling: 2975 rpm

★ If the minimum and maximum speeds do not fallwithin permissible limits when the engine is withoutload, check the position locks of the accelerator le-ver, and the sheathing of the accelerator well, be-fore carrying out any tests under load.(See «ADJUSTMENT OF THE ACCELERATORLEVER»).

• Engine rpm with the pumps under load.★ Only for Pattern Change version.

Check that the Pattern change valve is in “ISO” mo-de.

★ Max. speed with parking brake inserted, 2nd speedinserted and travel lever at full stroke (forward):2800–3000 rpm

★ Max. speed with parking brake inserted, 2nd speedinserted, travel lever at full stroke (forward) and rai-sing arm at the end of stroke: SK714-5: 2150–2500 rpmSK815-5: 2250–2500 rpmSK815-5 turbo: 2450–2700 rpm

★ If engine efficiency does not fall within permissiblelimits, have the engine checked by an authorisedworkshop.

��

��

��

��

+75- 50

RKS01191

Min Max

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING THE ENGINE SPEED

20-16 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ADJUSTMENT OF VALVE CLEARANCE (SK714-5 SK815-5)

★ Adjust the clearance between valve and rockers to thefollowing values:

Unit: mm

1 - Remove the air intake filter. (For detail see «30. RE-MOVAL OF AIR INTAKE FILTER».)

2 - Remove the valve cover. (For detail see «30. REMOV-AL OF VALVE COVER».)

3 - Turn the drive shaft in the normal direction of rotationuntil the line (1) marked as no. 1 on the flywheel is in ali-gnment with the reference notch (2) on the flywheelhousing.★ If the cylinder is in a compression stroke, the valves

do not move when the drive shaft is rotated slightly.If the valves do move, rotate the drive shaft by oneturn and realign the reference marks (1) and (2).

4 - Loosen the lock nut (3) and unscrew the adjustmentscrew (4) by approximately 1 turn.★ Check that the valve cap (5) is lying flat on the valve

stem and that there is no lop-sided wear.1 - If the valve caps (5) are damaged, replace them

with new ones.2 - Make sure that the valve caps fit perfectly and are

lying flat on the valve stem.

5 - Insert the feeler gauge B1 between the rocker (6) andthe valve cap (5).Rotate the adjusting screw (4) until it rubs against the fe-eler gauge B1.Secure this position with the nut (3).

Lock nut: 25.5±2.5 Nm

★ After locking the nut (3), check the valve clearanceagain.

6 - After adjusting the No. 1 cylinder, rotate the drive shaft180° each time and adjust the valve clearance of theother cylinders according to the ignition sequence.★ Ignition sequence: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2.

Assembly of the valve cover

1 - Check the condition of the gasket (7) of the valve cover (8), and the O-rings (9). Thoroughly clean the contactsurface on the cylinder heads.

2 - Replace the valve cover (8) and mount the O-rings (9)and the lock nuts (10).

Lock nuts for cover: 25±3 Nm

Withengine cold

Suction valves Exhaust valves

0.20 0.20

��

��

5

YES NO

4

3

5

6

RKS01681

��

��

8

9

RKS03910

10

7

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENT OF VALVE CLEARANCE

20-17SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ADJUSTMENT OF VALVE CLEARANCE (SK815-5 turbo)

1. Zero setting

1 - Remove the air intake filter.(For detail see «30. REMOVAL OF AIR INTAKE FIL-TER».)

2 - Remove the valve cover.

3 - Remove the feedback fuel pipe.(Fro detail see «30. REMOVAL OF INJECTION NOZ-ZLE».)

4 - Loosen the nut (1) and the block (3) adjustment screw(2).

5 - Operate on rocker (5) adjustment screw (4) for seat theblock on inner valve.★ Check that the valve cap (6) is lying flat on the valve

stem and that there is no lop-sided wear.1 - If the valve caps (6) are damaged, replace them

with new ones.2 - Make sure that the valve caps fit perfectly and are

lying flat on the valve stem.

6 - Tighten the adjustment screw (2) until it is seated on theouter valve. Lock the position with the nut (1).

2. Adjustment

1 - Turn the drive shaft in the normal direction of rotationuntil the line (1) marked as no. 1 on the flywheel is inalignment with the reference notch (2) on the flywheelhousing.★ If the cylinder is in a compression stroke, the valves

do not move when the drive shaft is rotated slightly.If the valves do move, rotate the drive shaft by oneturn and realign the reference marks (1) and (2).

RKSA1270

1

3

2

RKSA1280

5

4

��

��

�

�

��

��

��


20-18 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

2 - Loosen the lock nut (3) and unscrew the adjustmentscrew (4) by approximately 1 turn.

3 - Insert the feeler gauge B1 between the rocker (6) andthe valve cap (5).Rotate the adjusting screw (4) until it rubs against the fe-eler gauge B1.Secure this position with the nut (3).★ After locking the nut (3), check the valve clearance

again.

4 - Adjust the clearance between valve and rockers to thefollowing values:

Unit: mm

5 - After adjusting the No. 1 cylinder, rotate the drive shaft180° each time and adjust the valve clearance of theother cylinders according to the ignition sequence.★ Ignition sequence: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2.

Withengine cold

Suction valves Exhaust valves

0.20 0.20

RKSA1300

35

6

B1

4

��

�

�


20-19SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

MEASUREMENT OF THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE(SK714-5 SK815-5)

While measuring the compression, take care not to getentangled in the cooling fan, the alternator belt, or inother rotating parts.Check all cylinders.

★ Test conditions:• Engine: at working temperature.• Olio idraulico: 45–55°C.• Battery: fully charged.• Valve clearance: adjusted

(See «ADJUSTMENT OF VALVE CLEARAN-CE»).

1 - Remove air filter with support.

2 - Disconnect the high-pressure tube (1).

3 - Remove the nozzle holder (2) of the cylinder to be che-cked.

4 - Disconnect the connector (3) of the engine-stopping so-lenoid and close the fuel cock (4).

5 - Turn the engine over a few times, using the starting mo-tor.

6 - Mount the adapter C2 and connect the test pressuregauge C1.★ Check that the seal is mounted in the adapter, and

that it is undamaged.

7 - Turn the engine using the starting motor and read thecompression value.★ Read the compression value when the pressure

gauge has stabilised.★ While reading the compression, also check the en-

gine rpm using the tachometer A1 or A2. If the spe-ed does not correspond with the control value,check it against the diagram.

★ Compression value:Normal: 35±1 kg/cm² at 250 rpmMinimum permissible: 28±1 kg/cm² at 250 rpm

★ Maximum difference between the cylinders:2–3 kg/cm²

8 - After the reading, re-assemble the nozzle holder (2),and reconnect the high- pressure tube (1) and the con-nector (3).

Nut that secures the nozzle: 7.84±0.98 Nm

High-pressure coupling: 31.85±2.45 Nm

RKSA0040

1

2

��

�

�

RKSA0060

C2

C1

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

� �

��

��

��

��

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASUREMENT OF THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE

20-20 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

MEASUREMENT OF THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE(SK815-5 turbo)

While measuring the compression, take care not to getentangled in the cooling fan, the alternator belt, or in oth-er rotating parts.Check all cylinders.

★ Test conditions:• Engine: at working temperature.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C.• Battery: fully charged• Valve clearance: adjusted

(See «ADJUSTMENT OF VALVE CLEAR-ANCE»).

1 - Remove the air intake filter.(For detail see «30. REMOVAL OF AIR INTAKE FIL-TER».)

2 - Remove the valve cover.

3 - Disconnect the connector (1) of the engine-stopping so-lenoid and close the fuel cock (2).

4 - Turn the engine over a few times, using the starting mo-tor.

5 - Mount the adapter C2 and connect the test pressuregauge C1.★ Check that the seal is mounted in the adapter, and

that it is undamaged.

6 - Turn the engine using the starting motor and read thecompression value.★ Read the compression value when the pressure

gauge has stabilised.★ While reading the compression, also check the en-

gine rpm using the tachometer A1 or A2. If thespeed does not correspond with the control value,check it against the diagram.

★ Compression value:Normal: 30±1 kg/cm² at 250 rpmMinimum permissible: 25±1 kg/cm² at 250 rpm

★ Maximum difference between the cylinders:2–3 kg/cm²

7 - After the reading, re-assemble valve cover, the air in-take pipe and the connector (1).

Nut that secures the nozzle: 7.84±0.98 Nm

High-pressure coupling: 31.85±2.45 Nm

��

��

RKSA1320

C1

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

� �

��

��

��

��

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS MEASUREMENT OF THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE

20-21SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE FAN BELT TENSION

1. Checking the tension

1 - Depress the belt (1) at the centre of the section between the alternator (2) and the pulley (3) that drives the waterpump. Check the flexion.At a pressure of 10 kg (98 N) the flexion should be 7–10mm. If this value is not found, adjust the belt tension.★ With a new belt the flexion should be 5–8 mm.

2. Adjusting the belt tension

1 - Loosen the screws (4) that secure the alternator (2)

2 - Rotate the alternator (2) to give the belt (1) the correcttension and tighten the screw (4).

3 - Check the belt (1) tension.★ If the belt has been replaced with a new one, check

the tension again after about 20 hours of operation.

Screw: 25–32 Nm

��

�

�

��

��

��

�

�

�

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE FAN BELT TENSION

20-22 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE INJECTION TIMING

★ Check the injection timing of the No.1 cylinder by meansof the No.1 union of the injection pump.

★ The cylinders are numbered 1-2-3-4 counting from theflywheel side.

★ The spark advance notches of 0°-10°-15°-20°; are alsomarked on the flywheel. In order to read the interme-diate values, sub-divide the sections between the twomarks into equal lengths.

1 - Remove the cap (1) of the flywheel casing.

2 - Pass a screwdriver between the teeth and rotate theflywheel in a counter-clockwise direction (as seen fromthe flywheel side) until the 1/4 notch of the flywheel is ali-gned with the notch (2) marked inside the hole in the ca-sing.★ In this position, the piston of the No. 1 cylinder is at

the top dead centre (B.T.D.C.). Check that thecylinder is in a compression stroke, i.e. that bothvalves are closed.

★ Once the B.T.D.C. has been ascertained, rotatethe drive shaft in a clockwise direction (seen fromthe flywheel side) for about 25 teeth.

3 - Take off the clamp (3) and disconnect all the fuel deli-very tubes (4) from the injection pump (5).

4 - Rotate the flywheel slowly in a counter-clockwise direc-tion (seen from the flywheel side), checking carefully thelevel of the fuel in the No. 1 union of the injection pump.Stop the rotation when the fuel level starts to rise.

5 - Check the position of the notches at 15° and 20° that ap-pear in the hole in the casing and, in function of the po-sition, establish the true fuel injection timing.★ In order to determine the degrees of intermediate

fuel injection timing, sub-divide the space between15° and 20°.

★ Normal fuel injection timing: SK714-5 SK815-5: 16.5±0.5°SK815-5 turbo: 17.5±0.5°

��

�

RKSA1010

2

��

�

�

�

��

��

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE INJECTION TIMING

20-23SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

6 - After you have loosened the check nuts for the pump (6)and the screws (7), rotate the injection pump (5) ou-twards or towards the engine. • To BRING FORWARD the injection, rotate the

pump (5) towards the outside.• To DELAY the injection rotate the pump (5) towards

the cylinder block.★ Check the extent of the movement on the scale (8).

7 - Lock the nuts (6) that fasten the pump to its block.

★ After adjustment of the fuel injection timing:

8 - Connect the fuel delivery tubes (4) to the pump and re-place the clamp (3).

Delivery tube couplings: 19.6–24.5 Nm

9 - Bleed any air from the fuel circuit.

��

�

�

�

��

�

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE INJECTION TIMING

20-24 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CHECKING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

When measuring the engine oil pressure, take greatcare not to touch high-temperature parts, or to becomeentangled in rotating elements.

★ Check pressure with the engine at working temperatu-re.

★ Low and high idling within permissible limits.

1 - Start the engine and wait for it to reach working tempe-rature.★ Working temperature:

Coolant liquid: 90°CEngine oil: 80°C

2 - Stop the engine and remove the oil pressure sensor (1).

3 - Mount the adapter D1 and connect the pressure gaugeD2.

4 - Start the engine and check the oil pressure at low idling(accelerator lever in low idling position) and at highidling ((accelerator lever in high idling position).★ Low idling pressure: >0.6 kg/cm2

★ High idling pressure: 3.0–4.0 kg/cm2

5 - Remove the adapter D1 and install the oil pressure sen-sor (1).

��

�

��

��

��

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

20-25SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ADJUSTING THE STROKE OF THE ACCELERATOR CABLES

★ Conditions for the adjustment:• Engine: stopped• Working equipment: resting on the ground• Cab: raised

★ If the protective sheaths need to be substituted, blockthe lever (or pedal) side of the sheaths in an interme-diate position before carrying out the adjustment.

1 - Place the accelerator command lever (1) in low idlingposition.

2 - Temporarily block the protective sheath (2) in an inter-mediate position and block the retainer (3) at approx. 1mm from the injection pump lever (4).

3 - Put the accelerator command lever (1) into the highidling position.

4 - Use the nuts (7) and (8) to reset the position of the injec-tion pump lever (5) to approx. 0.5 mm from the highidling adjustment screw (6).

5 - Bring the accelerator command lever back to the lowidling position and check that the retainer (3) has suf-ficient clearance.

6 - Repeat the same procedure for the accelerator pedalcable.

RKS01190

Min Max

1

��

�

�

�

��

�

�

��

�

�

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTING THE STROKE OF THE ACCELERATOR CABLES

20-26 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REGULATION OF PPC VALVES’ DRIVE PRESSURE

★ Regulate the PPC valves’ drive pressure by performingthe following steps.

1 - Lower the working equipment to the ground andstop the engine.

2 - Turn the ignition key to the I position and shift thecontrol levers in all directions to release the hy-draulic circuit pressure completely.

3 - Turn the ignition key to the O (OFF) position and re-move the ignition key.Gently loosen the oil fill cap to eliminate any resid-ual pressure.

Disassembly and regulation

1 - Remove the complete PPC VALVE.(For details, please refer to section 30 «REMOVAL OFPPC VALVES»).

2 - Lift the boot (1) and mark the position of the lever (2) inrelation to the PPC valve body (3).

3 - Loosen the screw (4), remove the washer (5) and pullout the complete handle (6).

4 - Remove the joint (7) and retainer plate (8).

5 - Remove the boot (9) and remove the O-ring (10).

RKSA2360

12

3

RKSA2370

6

5

4

1

RKSA2380

7

8

9

10

2

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS REGULATION OF PPC VALVES’ DRIVE PRESSURE

20-27SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

6 - Loosen the 4 retaining screws (11) from the plate (12)and remove the plate.

7 - Remove the stopper (13) and seals.

★ Use a soft tool to remove.

8 - Remove the complete spool (14).

9 - Remove the retainer (15), spring (16) and shims (17)from the spool (14).

10 - Add shims until you reach the admitted calibration va-lue; bear in mind that 0.3 mm thickness corresponds toa variation in pressure of about 0.6 bar. (For details, ple-ase refer to «TECHNICAL DATA»).

Assembly• To assemble, perform the disassembly procedure in the

reverse order.★ Thoroughly clean all parts.

Cleaner: Loctite 7063

Screw: 64–74 Nm

★ Press down on the stoppers (13) to ease settinginto place; tighten the retainer plate (8) until it is pro-perly seated and adjust clearance. (For details, ple-ase re fe r to «PPC VALVE CLEARANCEADJUSTMENT»).

Joint: 112.8±14.7 Nm

Screws: 13.2±1.5 Nm

★ Lubricate the stoppers (13).

RKSA2390

11

12

3

RKSA2400

13 144

RKSA2410

14

15 1617

1

2

3

4

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS REGULATION OF PPC VALVES’ DRIVE PRESSURE

20-28 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ADJUSTMENT OF THE PPC VALVE CLEARANCES

The clearance of the PPC valve (hand and foot) levers isadjusted as follows.

Lower the working equipment to the ground and stopthe engine.Turn the ignition key to the I position and move the com-mand levers in all directions in order to release all pres-sure in the hydraulic circuits.Return the ignition key to the O (OFF) position and re-move it.Slowly loosen the oil-tank refuelling cap to eliminate re-sidual pressure.

1 - Remove cap (1).

2 - Loosen the nut (2) that retains the disc (3).

3 - Tighten the disc (3) until it makes light contact with the 4push-rods (4).★ During this adjustment, take care not to activate

any of the push-rods (4) individually.

4 - Secure this position by tightening the retaining nut (2) tothe specific torque.

Retaining nut: 113±15 NmRKS01700

�

�

�

�

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENT OF THE PPC VALVE CLEARANCES

20-29SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ADJUSTING THE POSITION OF THE SERVO-CONTROLENGAGEMENT SAFETY SENSOR

Lower the working equipment to the ground, stop theengine and remove starter key.

1 - Lower the LH safety bar (1) and adjust the position of thesensor (2) by loosening and tightening the adjustmentnuts (3).★ Distance between safety bar and sensor: 1 mm

RKSA0140

1

2

RKS01260

2 3

1

1mm

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTSADJUSTING THE POSITION OF THE SERVO-CONTROL

ENGAGEMENT SAFETY SENSOR

20-30 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT OF GEARING CHAIN TENSION

1. Test★ Test conditions:

• Machine: raised from the ground• Working equipment: in road-driving position

★ Check all the wheels.

1 - Position a magnetic comparator to correspond with thewheel diameter of 600 mm and make a notch “A” closeto the indicator.

2 - Rotate the tire by hand in both directions and check thatthe total displacement of the notch remains within per-missible limits.★ Standard displacement: 4 mm★ Permissible displacement: 2–6 mm

2. Adjustment★ For greater clarity, the photo opposite shows the adju-

stment operations with the tire removed.It is not necessary to remove the tires for this adjust-ment.

1 - Screw a screw A (M10x50, fully threaded) into the holeprovided on the frame until it makes firm contact with thewheel hub.

2 - Loosen the retaining screws (1) of the wheel hub until itcan move.

3 - Gradually tighten the screw A until correct tension hasbeen restored to the chain.

4 - Tighten the nuts (1).

Nuts: 200 Nm

��

�

��

��

��

� ��

��

RKSA0170

A

1

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT OF GEARING CHAIN TENSION

20-31SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTSCONTROL AND REGULATION OF THE PRESSURES

IN THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

CONTROL AND REGULATION OF THE PRESSURES IN THEHYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

• The control valve consists of the spools that command:

Command Ports

Arm (Lower - Raise) A1 - B1

Bucket (Dump - Curled) A2 - B2

Equipment (R.H. - L.H.) A3 - B3

★ Test conditions:• Engine: at working temperature.• MIN and MAX. engine speeds: within permissible

limits.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C.

Before removing the plugs in order to measure thepressures, release the residual pressures in the cir-

cuits (see «ELIMINATION OF THE RESIDUALPRESSURES IN THE CIRCUITS AND IN THETANK») and place the safety engagement levers intotheir locked positions.

After having connected the pressure gauges, pres-surise the tank. For details, see «PRESSURISATIONOF THE TANK».

RKS01291

L.H. TRAVEL MOTOR

CONTROL VALVE

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

R.H. TRAVEL MOTOR

ENGINE

RKS01130

1

2

3

B A

20-32 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TESTING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP

1. Check the working pressure of the travel circuitHST charge valve

★ Test conditions:• Engine: high idling• Hydraulic oil temperature: 45–55 °C.• Safety bar: raised

Do not activate the travel lever.

1 - Remove the plugs (1) and (2) and mount the two pres-sure adapters E5.

2 - Connect two pressure gauges E1 (60 bar), start the en-gine and accelerate to high idling.

3 - Check that the pressure remains within permissible li-mits.★ Use the lower of the two pressure values taken.★ Normal pressure: 25–29.5 bar

4 - Remove the pressure adapters and tighten the plugs (1)and (2).

Plugs: 19.6–27.4 Nm

2. Check the working pressure of the AS valve(Only for SK815-5 and SK815-5 turbo)

★ Test conditions:• Engine: high idling• Hydraulic oil temperature: 45–55 °C.• Safety bar: lowered• Machine: raised from the ground

1 - Remove the plug (1) and mount a pressure adapter E5.

2 - Connect a pressure gauge E1 (60 bar) and start the en-gine at low idling (1100 rpm).

3 - Push the travel lever full stroke for forward travel andread the pressure.★ Normal value: 12.7±0.5 bar

4 - Repeat the reading with the engine at working speed(2800 ± 30 rpm).★ Normal value: 15.2±0.5 bar

5 - Remove the pressure adapter and tighten the plug (1).

Plugs: 19.8–27.4 Nm

RKS01300

1

TOP VIEW

RKS01310

2

BOTTOM VIEW

RKS01320

1

L.H. SIDE VIEW

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS TESTING THE HYDRAULIC PUMP

20-33SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

VALVE CALIBRATION

1. HST valve calibration

1 - Loosen the nut (1), taking care not to move the adjust-ment screw (2).

2 - Adjust the working pressure of the HST valve, procee-ding as follows:• To INCREASE pressure, turn the screw (2) in a

CLOCKWISE direction.• To REDUCE pressure, turn the screw (2) in a

COUNTER-CLOCKWISE direction.★ One complete turn of the screw (2) varies the pres-

sure by 15.5 bar.

3 - Tighten the nut (1) and check that the working pressureremains within permissible limits.

Nut: 58.8–78.5 Nm

2. AS valve calibration(only for SK815-5 and SK815-5 turbo)

• Pressure adjustment at low idling

1 - Loosen the nut (1), and adjust the working pressure ofthe AS valve (with the engine at low idling), proceedingas follows:• To INCREASE pressure, turn the screw (2) in a



sure by 3.37 bar.


Nut: 34.3–58.8 Nm

RKS01330

A

A

TOP VIEW

RKS01340

2 1

Section A - A

RKS01350

A

A

RKS01360

1 2

Section A - A

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS VALVE CALIBRATION

20-34 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

• Pressure adjustment at working pressure

1 - Loosen the nut (3),. and adjust the working pressure ofthe AS valve (with the engine at working pressure), pro-ceeding as follows:• To INCREASE pressure, turn the screw (4) in a



sure by 1.96 bar.


Nut: 34.3–58.8 Nm

RKS01361

34

Section A - A

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS VALVE CALIBRATION

20-35SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CHECKING THE TRAVEL DEVIATION

★ Test conditions:• Engine: at max. speed• Hydraulic oil temperature: 45–55 °C.

★ Drive the machine onto solid, level ground.

1. Checking the deviation

1 - Position the boom and bucket in their travelling posi-tions.★ Boom lowered and bucket fully curled.

2 - Bring the engine up to maximum rpm.

3 - Push the travel lever to full stroke forwards

4 - Travel for 5 metres, then measure the deviation of themachine over the next 20 metres.

5 - Check the deviation also in reverse gear and while ac-celerating in both directions.

RKS01270

��

��

��

��

��

��

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING THE TRAVEL DEVIATION

20-36 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

2. Adjusting the deviation

1 - Select the adjustment screw to be re-set:

2 - Loosen the nut (1) and tighten the screw (2).★ A 60° turn of the screw (2) will reduce the deviation

by about 500 mm.

3 - Tighten the nut (1).

Nut: 26.5–32.4 Nm

Travel Deviation Screw

Forwards Left A1

Forwards Right A2

Reverse Left B1

Reverse Right B2

RKS01370

12

SK714-5

RKS01380

12


RKS01390

A1 A2

B2B1

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CHECKING THE TRAVEL DEVIATION

20-37SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE

1. Control of operating pressure (unloading valve)

1 - Remove the plug (1) and mount a pressure adapter.

2 - Connect a pressure gauge E3 (10 bar).

3 - Start the engine and bring it up to high idling with all le-vers in neutral position.

4 - Check the pressure.★ Normal pressure: 4.8 bar

tTake care do not operate the equipment levers.The unloading valve cannot be re-adjusted. If thepressure differs from the normal value the valvemust be substituted.

2. Control the operating pressures of the workingequipment

1 - Remove the plug (1) and mount a pressure adapter.

2 - Connect a pressure gauge E2 (400 bar or 600 bar).

3 - Start the engine and bring it up to high idling.

4 - Check the pressure for each movement with the com-mand lever at the end of its stroke and with the pressurestabilised.

To check the pressure of the working equipment,push the piston to the end of its stroke.

Valve adjustment★ The unloading valve cannot be re-adjusted, only sub-

stituted.

1. Adjustment of the main relief valveIf the pressures measured for the working equipment andmachine travel do not fall within normal values, adjust themain relief valve (1) as follows:

1 - Loosen the lock nut (2) and rotate the adjusting screw(3).• To INCREASE pressure, turn in a CLOCKWISE di-

rection.• To DECREASE pressure, turn in a COUNTER-

CLOCKWISE direction.★ Each turn of the adjusting screw (3) varies the pres-

sure by about 55 bar.

2 - Lock the nut (2).

Nut: 69±10 Nm

★ After adjustment, check the adjustment of the mainrelief valve with the same procedures as used forthe measurements.

RKSA0180

1

E3

RKSA0190

1

E2

RKS01400

A

1

2

3

A

Section A - A

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS CONTROL VALVE

20-38 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL AND REGULATION OF THE SERVO-CONTROLPOWER SUPPLY★ Test conditions:

• Engine: at working temperature.• Oil temperature: 45–55 °C.

Before removing the cap to measure the pressure, re-lease the residual pressures from the circuits (See«ELIMINATION OF RESIDUAL PRESSURES OF THECIRCUIT AND THE TANK») and put the safety deviceengagement levers into their locked position.

After connecting the pressure gauge, pressurise thetank. For details see «PRESSURISATION OF THETANK».

1. Checking the pressure of the servo-controls

1 - Disconnetc the delivery pipe (1) and install a tee and aadapter; riconnect the pipe (1).

2 - Connect the pressure gauge E1 (60 bar)

3 - Start the engine and bring it up to 2800 rpm with all leersin neutral position.

4 - Lower the safety bars and check the pressure.★ Normal pressure:

SK714-5: 25–30 barSK815-5 SK815-5 turbo: 25–28 bar

2. Test the pressure of the travel pilot system★ Test conditions:

• Machine raised from the ground.

1 - Disconnect the pipe (1) of the actuator to be tested,mount a union tee and a pressure adapter, and then re-connect the pipe (1).

★ During travel in one direction, two actuators are never-theless activated.Always check both pressures:

ActionAction involved

DA1 DA2 DB1 DB2

FORWARD ❍ ❍

REVERSE ❍ ❍

RIGHT ❍ ❍

LEFT ❍ ❍

RKSA0200

1

E1

RKS01410

A2 A1

B2 B1

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTSCONTROL AND REGULATION

OF THE SERVO-CONTROL POWER SUPPLY

20-39SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

2 - Connect a pressure gauge E1 (60 bar)

3 - Lower the cab and sit in the driving seat.

4 - Start the engine and bring it up to working speed of 2800rpm with all the levers in neutral position.

5 - Lower the safety bar, slowly activate the travel lever inthe direction of the test to be performed, and then checkthe following conditions:• Pressure as the wheels start to turn• Pressure with the levers at full stroke★ Normal pressures:

- when the wheels start to turn: 4.0–7.0 bar- with levers at full stroke: 13.8–14.7 bar

3. Parking brake system pressure check1 - Disconnect the brake control hose (1); connect a “T” fit-

ting and a pressure tap and reconnect the hose.2 - Connect a manometer E1 (60 bar).3 - Lower the cabin and sit down on the driver’s seat.4 - Start the engine and rev it up to operating speed (2800

rpm) with all the levers in neutral position.5 - Lower the safety bars; operate the parking brake control

and check the pressure.★ Parking brake pressure:

SK714-5: min. 22 barSK815-5 SK815-5 turbo: min. 25 bar

RKSA0210

E1

RKSA1480

E1

1

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTSCONTROL AND REGULATION

OF THE SERVO-CONTROL POWER SUPPLY

20-40 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ELIMINATION OF RESIDUAL PRESSURES - PRESSURISATION OFTHE TANK1. Elimination of pressures from the hydraulic cir-

cuits.

1 - Rest the working equipment on the ground and stop theengine.

2 - Turn the ignition key to the position I and, with safetybars lower, move the command lever in all directions torelease all pressure in the main hydraulic circuits andthe servo-controls .

3 - Return the ignition key to the position O (OFF) and re-move it.

2. Elimination of pressure in the tank

The hydraulic oil tank is of the sealed and pressurisedtype.When tubes are to be removed or disconnected for con-trols or repairs, or when caps are removed, tank pres-sure must be eliminated using the following method:

1 - Rest the working equipment on the ground and stop theengine.

2 - Slowly loosen the oil-refuelling cap (1) in order to rele-ase residual pressure.

3. Pressurising the tank★ This operation should be performed every time the oil-

refuelling cap is moved for removal of the tubes or otherhydraulic equipment.

1 - Start the engine and position the machine as in the fi-gure.

2 - Stop the engine, loosen the tank cap (1) and then closeit again.★ This operation lets air into the tank when the level of

the remaining oil is at minimum.

3 - Start the engine and lower the working equipment to theground.

RKSA0220

1

RKS01420

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTSELIMINATION OF RESIDUAL PRESSURES -

PRESSURISATION OF THE TANK

20-41SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

BLEEDING AIR FROM THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

Sequence of operations or procedures for bleeding the air

1. Bleeding air from the pump

1 - Loosen and remove the cap (1) from the pump body (2).

2 - Pour hydraulic oil through the hole until the entire casingis full.

3 - Replace the cap (1).★ After filling the casing, start the engine and allow it

to run at low idling for about 10 minutes before pro-ceding to bleed the air from the circuits.

Procedures for bleeding ai

1 2 3 4 5

Bleeding airfrom pumps

Startingengine

Bleeding airfrom cylinders

Pressurisingtank

Starting tasks

• Substitution of hydraulic oil• Cleaning tank filter ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

• Substitution filter ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

• Repair - substitution pump• Removal of suction tube ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

• Substitution - repair control valve ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

• Repair-Substitution cylinders• Removal of cylinders tube ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍

• Repair - substitution travel motor • Removal of tubes from

travel motor❍ ❍ ❍

RKSA1050

1

2

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS BLEEDING AIR FROM THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

20-42 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

2. Bleeding air from the cylinders

1 - Start the engine and let it run at low idling for about 5 mi-nutes.

2 - Lower and raise the boom 4-5 times.★ Lower and raise the piston of the boom up to about

100 mm of the end of its stroke.Every care must be taken to avoid pressurising thecircuits.

3 - Bring the engine up to high idling and repeat the ope-rations described in point 2. Return the engine to lowidling and pout the piston through its entire stroke until itreaches max. pressure in both directions.

4 - Repeat the operation (starting from point 2) for bucketcylinder.

3. Bleeding air from any optional equipment★ This method must be used for all the optional working

equipment, unless otherwise indicated.

1 - Each time an item of optional working equipment is in-stalled, operate the equipment repeatedly, with the en-gine at low idling, until all air has been completelyeliminated.

RKS01530

RKS01520

TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS BLEEDING AIR FROM THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

HOW TO READ THE MANUAL................................. 3PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING. 4ENGINE HOODRemoval and installation ........................................... 5CABTinting........................................................................ 6Lowering .................................................................... 8BATTERYRemoval and installation ........................................... 9STARTING MOTORRemoval and installation ......................................... 10ALTERNATORRemoval and installation ......................................... 11MUFFLER (SK714-5 SK815-5)Removal and installation ......................................... 12MUFFLER (SK815-5 turbo)Removal and installation ......................................... 13TURBOCHARGER (SK815-5 turbo)Removal .................................................................. 14Installation ............................................................... 15AIR INTAKE FILTERRemoval and installation ......................................... 16VALVE COVER (SK714-5 SK815-5)Removal and installation ......................................... 17VALVE COVER (SK815-5 turbo)Removal .................................................................. 18Installation ............................................................... 19NOZZLE (SK714-5 SK815-5)Removal and installation ......................................... 20NOZZLE (SK815-5 turbo)Removal and installation ......................................... 21INJECTION PUMPRemoval .................................................................. 22Installation ............................................................... 25CYLINDER HEAD (SK714-5 SK815-5)Removal .................................................................. 26Installation ............................................................... 28CYLINDER HEAD (SK815-5 turbo)Removal .................................................................. 29Installation ............................................................... 31COOLANT LIQUID PUMPRemoval and installation ......................................... 32

RADIATOR GROUPRemoval ...................................................................33Installation ................................................................34FUEL TANKRemoval ...................................................................35Installation ................................................................36CABRemoval ...................................................................37Installation ................................................................39ENGINE-PUMP GROUPRemoval ...................................................................40Installation ................................................................43COMPLETE HYDRAULIC PUMPRemoval ...................................................................44Installation ................................................................46GEAR PUMPRemoval and installation ..........................................47ENGINE-PUMP COUPLINGRemoval and installation ..........................................48CONTROL VALVERemoval and installation ..........................................49PPC VALVESRemoval and installation ..........................................50HUB WHEELRemoval ...................................................................51Installation ................................................................52Dismantling...............................................................53Assembly..................................................................54FINAL DRIVERemoval ...................................................................55Installation ................................................................56RAISING CYLINDERRemoval and installation ..........................................57BUCKET CYLINDERRemoval ...................................................................58Installation ................................................................59WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERSDisassembly .............................................................60Assembly..................................................................62COMPLETE WORKING EQUIPMENTRemoval ...................................................................66Installation ................................................................67WORKING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FRAMERemoval and installation ..........................................68

30-1SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HOW TO READ THE MANUAL

1. Removal and Installation of the groups

(1) The procedures and information needed to carry out the work of removing or Installing units or groups are given in the removal procedure. The sequence of operations is not repeated in the installation procedure.

(2) Information needed for installation is marked with the symbol ; The same symbol is repeated at the end of each removal procedure for the same item, to indicate to which installation item it refers.

(Example)REMOVAL GROUP ● ● ● : .......................................................Title of operation

: ............................................................................................Safety precautions to be followed when carrying out the operation.

1 - Remove XXXX (1): ..............................................................Step in removal procedure.★ :.........................................................................................Technique or important point to remember when

removing XXXX (1)2 - ▲ ▲ ▲ (2):................................................................... This sign means that information is given

for the installation procedure3 - Remove ■ ■ ■ (3):

........... �: ......................................................................Recovery of oil or water, and the quantity to be recovered.

INSTALLATION GROUP ● ● ● : ...............................................Title of operation

• To install, reverse removal procedure.

: .........................................................................................Technique to be used for installation

★ :.........................................................................................Technique or important point to remember when removing ▲ ▲ ▲ (2)

• Addition of water or oil: ........................................................Step in removal procedure

★ :.........................................................................................Point to remember when adding water or oil.

2. To the precautions to be taken during the removal or installation of the groups, must be added the specific «PRE-CAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN DURING THE OPERATIONS». Always make sure that these precautions are taken.

3. List of special tools

(1) For details of the descriptions, codes and quantities of each tool (A1; A2 etc.) mentioned in the operational pro-cedures, see the list «SPECIAL TOOLS» supplied in this section.

4. List of the tightening torques and weights, and the quantities oil, liquids or grease needed to fill tanks and containers

(1) In the operating procedures, you will find the symbols , , , ; In the following order, these rep-resent the values of «TIGHTENING TORQUES», «WEIGHT OF PARTS OR GROUPS», «QUANTITIES OF OIL OR LIQUIDS TO BE INTRODUCED», «SCREW LOCKING MATERIAL, SEALANTS AND LUBRICA-TION», «LUBRICATING GREASE».

NOTE If no symbol is indicated, the values to be used are those given in the introductory sections of this manual.

1

1

1


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HOW TO READ THE MANUAL

30-3

PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING

★ When dismantling or installing a part, always take the following general precautions.

1. Precautions for removal operations• If not otherwise indicated, lower the work equipment until it rests on the ground.• If the coolant liquid contains an anti-freeze substance, follow the instructions given for drainage.• After having removed flanges and tubes, insert plugs to prevent impurities from entering.• Before removing a cylinder, fully retract the piston and tie it with wire.• Use a sufficiently large container to collect the oil.• Before removing a part from the machine, check the alignment reference marks which show the correct in-

stallation position. If necessary add further marks to avoid incorrect installation.• While dismantling the connectors, always grasp them firmly to avoid undue strain on the wiring.• If necessary, attach markers to the wires and tubes to avoid muddling them up during installation.• Check the number and height of the adjustments to a given clearance and store them in a safe place.• When raising the machine or some parts of it, use adequate equipment for the weight of the part concerned.• When using screws or eyebolts to remove items of the machinery, screw them alternately, and as deeply as

they will go.• Before removing a piece, clean the surrounding area and, after removal, cover the area to prevent dirt or dust

from gaining entrance.

2. Precautions to be taken during installation• Tighten nuts and screws with the specified tightening torques.• Install the flexible hoses, taking care not to entangle or twist them.• Bend the cotter pins and stops in such a way as to secure them.• When coating the threads with adhesives, clean the piece to remove oil and grease, then apply just enough ad-

hesive to cover the threading in a uniform manner.• When applying a liquid sealant, clean the surface involved, remove residual oil and grease, check that there are

no dents or dirt, then apply the liquid sealant in a uniform manner.• Clean all the parts, remove dirt, rust, burrs, or dents.• Apply a film of engine oil over all the moving parts.• Apply a film of anti-friction grease (Lithium EP MS2 NLGI 2) over all surfaces assembled with pressure, to avoid

sticking• After having mounted the snap-rings, check that they are firmly positioned in their seatings.• When installing electrical system jacks, remove any oil, dust or water that may have penetrated into them, then

connect them firmly.• If using eyebolts, check that they are not distorted, screw them in fully, and then align the eye with the hoisting

hook.• Mount the flanges in a uniform manner, and tighten the screws in criss-cross sequence, to avoid excessive pull

on one side only.

3. Precautions to be taken on completion of removal and installation operations.• If the coolant liquid has been drained away, close the drainage plug and add new liquid up to normal level. Start

the engine to circulate the liquid throughout the cooling system and then top up the level once more.• When the hydraulic equipment has been dismantled, add engine oil to the indicated level. Start up the engine

to circulate the oil in the hydraulic circuits, and then top up to the indicated level.• If hoses or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, motors, solenoid valves and valves, are

removed for repairs or substitution, bleed air from the hydraulic circuits after having re-assembled the machine.★ For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS».• After having re-assembled cylinder joints or cylinders, or work equipment articulations, lubricate thoroughly.


30-4

PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHILE WORKING

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF ENGINE HOOD

Completely lower the working equipment to the ground

RKSA1800

1

2

3

4

5

1

and stop the engine. 1 - Remove the retainer screws (1) from hinges (2) and (3).

2 - While keeping the hood lifted, remove the retainer nut (4) from the shock absorber (5).

Engine hood: 15 kg

INSTALLATION OF ENGINE HOOD• To replace, reverse removal procedure.

★ Check the centre and the lock engagement adjust-ment.

1

1


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ENGINE HOOD

30-5

TILTING THE CAB

1 - Completely raise the working equipment and secure

RKSA0240

1

2

RKSA1500

3

4

��

�

RKSA0261

6

8

9

6

7

10

them in their safety positions.

2 - Loosen the four screws (1) and remove the foot-rest (2).

★ Only if the engine or the complete pump are to be re-moved.

3 - Remove the engine hood. (For details see “REMOVAL OF THE ENGINE HOOD”).

With front door 4 - Loose screws (3), remove the bracket (4) and close the

front door.

5 - Loosen the screws (5) (two to each side) and raise the cab as far as the safety cables allow.

6 - Insert the safety pin.

★ If the engine or pump are to be removed, proceed as follows.

7 - Disconnect the four pipes (6) on the RH side, the two servo-control supply-pipes (7), and the four pipes (8) on the LH side.★ To disconnect the pipes, remove the retainer (9),

push the pipe (6) completely inside the union (10) and extract the pipe (6).

★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-assembly.

1

2


30-6

CAB

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

8 - Disconnect, the cable (12) of the accelerator command

��

��

��

RKSA1544

13

14

RKSA0293

15

RKSA0283

16 17

18

19

16 17

18

19

lever from the engine (11).

With heating system 9 - Disconnect the heating system’s feed (13) and return

(14) pipes from the engine. Drain engine coolant from the pipes and disconnect the washer pipe from the washer tank.

10 - Attach the cab (15) to some hoisting tackle.

11 - Remove the safety cotter pin (16) and the washers (17).

12 - Remove the safety cotter pin.

13 - Push the cab (15) gently towards its “at rest” position to relieve the tension on the safety cables (18), and dis-connect them from the pins (19).

Apply a slight tension to the hoisting-tackle chains to prevent the cab from moving unexpectedly.


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CAB

30-7

14 - Tilt the cab (15) slowly until the distance between the

RKSA0294

15

20

RKSA0300

A

centres of the dumper fixing hooks (20) is 1100 mm.★ The distance of 1100 mm corresponds to the max-

imum stretch of the dumper hooks.

15 - Remove the pins (19) of the dumper fixing hooks (20).

16 - Position a stand “A”, about 1200 mm high, and tilt the cab (15) until it is resting on the stand.★ Make sure that the connecting cables between the

cab and the engine are not being strained.

LOWERING THE CAB• To lower the cab back into position, reverse the tilting

procedure.

Screws: 110 Nm

• Connect the pipes by pushing them fully home in their seatings. Check correct connection by trying to extract them.

• Adjust the stroke of the accelerator lever cable. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

1 - Fill up the cooling circuit.

2 - Start the engine to circulate the liquid through all cir-cuits.

3 - Stop the engine and check the level.

1

2

3


30-8

CAB

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF THE BATTERY

1 - Disconnect the negative cable (--) (1) and the positive

��

��

�

��

��

�

��

�

cable (+) (2) from the battery (3) in that sequence.

2 - Loosen the nuts (4) that secure the battery clamp (5) a release the tie-rods (6) of the battery support.

3 - Tilt the battery clamp (5) towards the front of the ma-chine and lift out the battery.

INSTALLATION OF THE BATTERY• To replace, reverse removal procedure.


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

BATTERY

30-9

REMOVAL OF THE STARTING MOTOR

1 - Tilt the cab and secure it in its safety position.

��

�

RKSA0340

5

2

3

4

2 - Remove the battery (1). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF THE BATTERY»).

3 - Disconnect the cables (2) and (3).

4 - Loosen the screws (4) and take out the starting motor (5). .

INSTALLATION OF THE STARTING MOTOR• To install, reverse removal procedure.

Screws: 78.4–98 Nm

1

1


30-10

STARTING MOTOR

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF THE ALTERNATOR

1 - Remove the battery.

��

�

�

��

�

�

�

�

(For details, see «REMOVAL OF THE BATTERY»).

2 - Tilt the cab. (For details, see «TILTING THE CAB»).

3 - Disconnect the cable (1) and the connector (2).

4 - Loosen the screws (3) and (4) to leave the alternator free to turn.

5 - Free the pulley (5) from the fan-belt and take out the al-ternator (6).

INSTALLATION OF THE ALTERNATOR• To install, reverse removal procedure.

★ Adjust the tension of the fan-belt. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS – Adjustment of the fan-belt tension»).

1

1


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

ALTERNATOR

30-11

REMOVAL OF THE MUFFLER (SK714-5 SK815-5)

1 - Remove the clamp (1) and loosen the 4 nuts (2) retain-

��

�

�

�

RKS03750

5

2

3

4

��

�

�

ing the exhaust box (3) in the middle.

2 - Loosen the screws (4) retaining the rear of the exhaustbox (3) and remove the exhaust box.★ A new seal (5) should be fitted each time the muffler

is removed.

INSTALLATION OF THE MUFFLER• To install, reverse removal procedure.


30-12

MUFFLER (SK714-5 SK815-5)

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

MUFFLER (SK815-5 turbo)

REMOVAL OF THE MUFFLER (SK815-5 turbo)

1 - Loosen the screws (1) of protection (2) and remove it.

RKSA2490

1

1

2

RKSA2500

4

3

RKSA2510

5

64

5

7

RKSA2330

4

8

7

9

4

2 - Loosen and remove the screws (3) fixing the muffler (4).

3 - Mark the position of bracket (5). Remove the four nuts (6) fixing the muffler (4) to the tur-bocharger (7).

4 - Loose the screws (8).

5 - Remove the muffler (4).★ A new seal (9) should be fitted each time the muffler

is removed.

INSTALLATION OF THE MUFFLER• To install, reverse removal procedure.


30-13SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TURBOCHARGER (SK815-5 turbo)

REMOVAL OF TURBOCHARGER (SK815-5 turbo)

1 - Remove the muffler.

RKSA2460

1

RKSA2470

3 6

25

4

RKSA2350

97

8

4

8 7

4

RKSA2480

10

11

(For details see «REMOVAL OF MUFFLER»).

2 - Remove the insulating shield (1) from the intake man-ifold.

3 - Loosen clamps (2), (3) and disconnect the intake hose (5) and supply hose (6) from the turbocharger (4).

4 - Loosen the fitting (7) and disconnect the upper lubrica-tion pipe (8) from the turbocharger (4).★ Seals (9) must be replaced at each disassembly.

5 - Loosen the clamp (10) and remove the lower lubrication pipe (11).


30-14 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TURBOCHARGER (SK815-5 turbo)

6 - Loosen the nuts (12) and remove the turbocharger (4).

RKSA2340

4

12

13

12

4
★ The seal (13) must be replaced at each disassem-
bly.

INSTALLATION OF TURBOCHARGER• To install, reverse removal procedure.


30-15SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

AIR INTAKE FILTER

REMOVAL OF THE AIR INTAKE FILTER

Disconnect the battery’s negative end cable (–).SK714-5 SK815-5

��

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

��

�

�

��

��

��

�

�

SK815-5 turbo

SK714-5 SK815-5

SK815-5 turbo

1 - Disconnect the connector (2) and hose (3) from the washer tank (1).

2 - Remove the washer tank (1).

3 - Loosen the clamp (4) and disconnect the connector (5) from the air filter clogging sensor.

4 - Loosen the screws (6) and remove the complete air filter (7).

INSTALLATION OF AIR INTAKE FILTER• To install, reverse removal procedure.


30-16 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION VALVE COVER (SK714-5 SK815-5)

REMOVAL OF THE VALVE COVER (SK714-5 SK815-5)

Disconnect the negative terminal cable (–) from the bat-

��

�

��

�

�

�

�

�

�

��

�

tery.

1 - Remove the air filter (1). (For detail see «REMOVAL OF THE AIR FILTER»).

2 - Loosen the 3 screws (2) and remove the valve cover (3).

INSTALLATION OF THE VALVE COVER• To install, reverse the removal procedure.

★ Check the state of the seal (4) on the valve cover (3), and of the O-rings (5); thoroughly clean the contact surface on the cylinder head.

Screw: 22.6–28.4 Nm

1

1

30-17SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

VALVE COVER (SK815-5 turbo)

REMOVAL OF THE VALVE COVER (SK815-5 turbo)


��

�

��

�

�

�

�

��

�

��

�

��

�

�

�

�

tery.

1 - Remove the air filter (1). (For detail see «REMOVAL OF THE AIR FILTER»).

2 - Loosen the screws (2) and remove the clamp (3).

3 - Remove the high-pressure pipes (4).

4 - Loosen the two screws (5) (n° 3), remove the four cen-tering bushings (6) and the valve cover (7).

1

2


30-18 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

VALVE COVER (SK815-5 turbo)

INSTALLATION OF THE VALVE COVER

• To install, reverse the removal procedure.

��

�

�

�
High-pressure pipe union: 29.4–34.3 Nm
★ Check the state of the seal (8) on the valve cover(7), and of the O-rings (9); thoroughly clean thecontact surface on the cylinder head.

Screw: 22.6–28.4 Nm

1

2


30-19SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

NOZZLE (SK714-5 SK815-5)

REMOVAL OF THE NOZZLE (SK714-5 SK815-5)

1 - Remove the air filter (1).

��

�

��

�

�

��

�

��

(For detail see «REMOVAL OF THE AIR FILTER»).

2 - Remove the high-pressure pipes (2) and the fuel return tubes (3).

3 - Loosen screws (4) and remove clips (5).

4 - Remove the complete injection nozzles (6).

INSTALLATION OF THE NOZZLE HOLDER• To install, reverse the removal procedure.

High-pressure pipe union: 29.4–34.3 Nm

Screws: 22.6–28.4 Nm

1

2

1

2


30-20 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

NOZZLE (SK815-5 turbo)

REMOVAL OF THE NOZZLE (SK815-5 turbo)

1 - Remove the air filter (1).

RKSA1680

2

1

31

2

��

��

��

(For detail see «REMOVAL OF THE AIR FILTER»).

2 - Remove the valve cover (1). (For detail see «REMOVAL OF THE VALVE COVER»).

3 - Loosen the five screws (1) and remove the fuel pipe (2)..★ take care to not damage the five gasket (3).

4 - Loosen the screws (4) and remove the four bracket (5).

5 - Remove the nozzle (6).

INSTALLATION OF THE NOZZLE• To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Screw: 9.8–11.8 Nm

Screws: 22.6–28.4 Nm

1

2

1

2


30-21SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

INJECTION PUMP

REMOVAL OF INJECTION PUMP

1 - Disconnect the negative terminal cable (–) from the

��

�

�

��

�

��

�

��

�

SK714-5 SK815-5

SK815-5 turbo

battery.

2 - Close the cock of separator to prevent fuel leakage.

1 - Remove radiator group. (For details, see «REMOVAL OF THE RADIATOR»).

2 - Disconnect connector (1) and accelerator cable (2).

3 - Remove the air filter (3). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF AIR FILTER»).

4 - Disconnect the oil dipstick from the cylinder head (4).

1


30-22 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

INJECTION PUMP

5 - Disconnect from injection pump (5) fuel feeding pipes

��

�

�

��

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

(6), return pipes (7), feedback pipe (8) and the coolant pipes (9) and (10).

6 - Disconnect high pressure pipes (11) from injection pump (5).

7 - Disconnect injection pump (5) lubricating pipe (12).

8 - Remove fan (13) and cover (14)

9 - Loosen and remove nut (15) and lock washer (16) of pump driving gear.

★ Be careful not let nut (15) and lock washer drop in the housing.

2

3

4


30-23SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

INJECTION PUMP

10 - Remove pump (5) driving gear (16).

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

�

�

★ Before removing pump driving gear, mark position compared to idling gear.

★ For removal, use a puller (X1) and tighten its screws (X2) directly in the gear (16).

★ During removal be careful not let key drop (17) in the housing.

11 - Loosen nuts (18) (No. 4).

12 - Loosen screws (19) (No. 3) and remove injection pump (5) with O-rings (20).

5

6


30-24 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

INJECTION PUMP

INSTALLATION OF INJECTION PUMP


★ Check accelerator stroke lever. (For details, see «20. CONTROLS AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

High pressure pipe: 29.4–34.3 Nm

Cover surface: liquid gasket

Screw: 9.8–11.8 Nm

★ Align marks among gears before to install pump and nut.

Nut: 78–88 Nm

Pump lock nuts: 22.6–28.4 Nm

★ Check fuel injection timing. (For details, see «20. CONTROLS AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

Screw: 22.6–28.4 Nm

1

2

3

4

5

6


30-25SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CYLINDER HEAD (SK714-5 SK815-5)

REMOVAL OF THE CYLINDER HEAD (SK714-5 SK815-5)


��

��

��

�

��

��

�

�

�
tery.
★ Drain the engine coolant.

Coolant: max. 9 �

1 - Remove the water coolant pump. (For details, see «REMOVAL OF THE AIR INTAKE FIL-TER»).

2 - Remove filter (1) and bracket (2). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF MUFFLER»)

3 - Remove the muffler (3). 6(For details, see «REMOVAL OF MUFFLER»).

4 - Remove the valves cover (4). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF MUFFLER»)

5 - Loosen the screws (5) and remove the complete fuel fil-ter (6).

6 - Disconnect the oil dipstick (7) from the cylinder head.

7 - Remove nozzle holder (8). (For details, see «REMOV-AL OF THE VALVE COVER»).

8 - Disconnect the pre-heater cable (9).

1


30-26 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


9 - Remove the rocker-arm shaft (10). 2
��
��

��

��

��

��

RKS01630

1

3

7

5

9

11

1618

1713

1412

1015

64

2

8Lat

o v

ola

no

Lato aspirazione

Lato scarico

★ Loosen the lock nuts and unscrew the valve tap-pets by 2-3 turns.

10 - Take out the rocker-arm control rods (11).

11 - Take out the screws (12) in the sequence indicated and remove the complete cylinder head (13).

★ The cylinder head gasket (14) must be substituted every time it is dismantled.

3

4


30-27SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


INSTALLATION OF THE CYLINDER HEAD (SK714-5 SK815-5)


RKS01641

Fly

wh

eel s

ide

Intake side

Exhaust side

1812

10

1416

1315

1711

8

31

26

57

94


Coolant: approx. 9 �

2 - Start the engine to circulate the liquid through all cir-cuits. Stop the engine and check the level.

3 - Pressurize the hydraulic tank and bleed air from the hy-draulic circuits. (For details, see «20. CONTROLS AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

Screw: 22.6–28.4 Nm

★ Adjust valve clearance. (For details, see «20. CON-TROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS - Adjusting valve clear-ance»).

★ Raise the cylinder head, keeping it horizontal, and place it on the gasket without shifting anything.

★ Lubricate the screw-threadings with engine oil.

★ Tighten the screws in two steps in the sequence given. (See illustration on the right).

First step: Screw: 41.1–46.9 Nm

Second step: Screw: 85.3–91.1 Nm

1

2

3

4


30-28 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CYLINDER HEAD (SK815-5 turbo)

REMOVAL OF THE CYLINDER HEAD (SK815-5 turbo)


��

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

�

��

��

��

tery.

★ Drain the engine coolant.

Coolant: max.9 �

1 - Remove the water coolant pump. (For details, see «REMOVAL OF WATER COOLANT PUMP»).

2 - Remove the air filter (1) and the bracket (2). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF AIR FILTER»).

3 - Remove the muffler (2). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF MUFFLER»).

4 - Loosen the screws (4) and remove the complete fuel fil-ter (5).

5 - Remove the valve cover (6).

6 - Disconnect the oil dipstick (7) from the cylinder head (7).

7 - Remove the nozzle (8). (For details, see «REMOVAL OF NOZZLES»).

8 - Disconnect the pre-heater cable (9).

1


30-29SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


9 - Remove the rocker-arm shaft (10). 2

��

��

��

��

��

��

RKS01631

1

3

7

5

9

11

1618

1713

1412

1015

64

2

8Fly

wh

eel s

ide

Intake side

Exhaust side

★ Loosen the lock nuts and unscrew the valve tap-pets by 2-3 turns.

10 - Take out the rocker-arm control rods (11).

11 - Take out the screws (12) in the sequence indicated and remove the complete cylinder head (13).★ The cylinder head gasket (14) must be substituted

every time it is dismantled.

3

4


30-30 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


INSTALLATION OF THE CYLINDER HEAD (SK815-5 turbo)


RKS01641

Fly

wh

eel s

ide

Intake side

Exhaust side

1812

10

1416

1315

1711

8

31

26

57

94


Coolant: approx. 9 �

2- Start the engine to circulate the liquid through all cir-cuits. Stop the engine and check the level.

3 - Pressurize the hydraulic tank and bleed air from the hy-draulic circuits. (For details, see «20. CONTROLS AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

Screw: 22.6–28.4 Nm

★ Adjust valve clearance. (For details, see «20. CON-TROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS - Adjusting valve clear-ance»).

★ Raise the cylinder head, keeping it horizontal, and place it on the gasket without shifting anything.

★ Lubricate the screw-threads with engine oil.

★ Tighten the screws in two steps in the sequence given. (See illustration on the right).

First step: Screw: 41.1–46.9 Nm

Second step: Screw: 85.3–91.1 Nm

1

2

3

4


30-31SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

COOLANT LIQUID PUMP

REMOVAL OF THE COOLANT LIQUID PUMP

Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) battery

��

�

RKS01850

2

3

4

RKS01840

5

6

8

7

terminal.

★ Drain the engine coolant liquid.

Engine coolant liquid: max. 9 �

1 - Remove the radiator group (1). (For details, see «RE-MOVAL OF THE RADIATOR GROUP»).

2 - Loosen the screws (2), remove the fan (3) and the spac-er (4). Loosen the alternator drive belt and disengage the cir-culation pump pulley.

3 - Loosen the screws (5) and remove the complete pump (6), the seal (7), and the O-ring (8).

INSTALLATION OF THE COOLANT LIQUID PUMP• To install, reverse removal procedure.

1 - Fill up the coolant liquid circuit.

2 - Start the engine to circulate the liquid and oil in all cir-cuits. Stop the engine and check the levels.

3 - Pressurise the tank and bleed the air from all circuits. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

★ Adjust the belt tension. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS – Testing and adjustment of the fan-belt »).

Fan screws: 9.8–11.8 Nm

★ A new seal (7) and new O-ring (8) must be fitted each time the pump is removed.

Pump screws: 22.6–28.4 Nm

1

2

3

1

2

3


30-32 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RADIATOR GROUP

REMOVAL OF THE RADIATOR GROUP

Completely raise the working equipment and tilt the cab.

RKSA0460

1

2

3

RKSA0470

45

6

7

RKSA0480

8

9

10

9

RKSA0490

11

12

(For details, see «TILTING THE CAB»).

★ Drain the hydraulic oil.

Hydraulic oil: max. 39 �

★ Drain the coolant liquid:

Coolant liquid: max. 9 �

1 - Disconnect the hose (2) from the pump (1).

2 - Disconnect the coolant liquid drainage pipe (3) from the radiator.

3 - Disconnect the cable (4) of the hydraulic-oil clogging-sensor filter.

4 - Loosen the clamp (5) and disconnect the coolant liquid delivery pipe (6).

5 - Disconnect the coolant liquid return pipe (7)

6 - Attach the radiator group (8) to some hoisting tackle and apply a slight tension to the cables.

Radiator-oil cooler group: 62 kg

7 - Loosen the screws (9), raise the radiator group (8) until the lower supports can be released, and move it a little way away from the frame.

8 - Disconnect the reversing siren connector (10).

9 - Disconnect the pipes (11) and (12) and remove the complete group (8).

1

2


30-33SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RADIATOR GROUP

INSTALLATION OF THE RADIATOR GROUP


1 - Fill up the hydraulic oil to maximum level.

Hydraulic oil: approx. 27 �

2 - Fill up the coolant liquid circuit to maximum level.

Coolant liquid: approx. 9 �

3 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and the coolant, and check that there are no leaks.

4 - Stop the engine, check the levels and, if necessary, top them up.

Screws: 190 Nm


1

2


30-34 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FUEL TANK

REMOVAL OF THE FUEL TANK

★ Drain the fuel.

��

�

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

��

�

�

�

��

�

��

Fuel: max. 50 �

1 - Remove the screws (1) and loosen the screws (2), leav-ing them in place.

2 - Disconnect the connector (3) from the level sensor and disconnect the connector from the reverse gear chime, if installed.

3 - Loosen the screw (4) and disconnect the level sensor harness (5) from the tank.

4 - Disconnect the delivery (8) and return (9) lines from the settler (6) and filter (7).

5 - Loosen the screw (10) and remove the support (11).

1


30-35SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FUEL TANK

5 - Loosen the screws (12) and remove the support (13).

��

��

��

6 - Remove the complete tank.

INSTALLATION OF THE FUEL TANK• To install, reverse removal procedure.

Screws: 190 Nm

1


30-36 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CAB

REMOVAL OF THE CAB

1 - Remove the complete working equipment.

RKSA0520

1

2

1

1 1

RKSA0530

3

4

5

RKSA0540

5 67

8

RKSA0550

5

6

9

10

(For details, see «REMOVAL OF THE WORKING EQUIPMENT»).

2 - Loosen the nuts (1) and tilt the rear panel (2) towards the front of the machine.

3 - Disconnect the connectors (3) from the cab cabling (4) and release the engine cabling (5) from its retaining clamps.

4 - Tilt the cab. (For details, see «TILTING THE CAB»).

5 - Disconnect the four pipes (6) on the RH side, the two servo-control feed-pipes (7) and the four pipes (8) on the LH side.★ To disconnect the pipes, remove the retainer (9)

push the pipe (6) completely inside the union (10) and extract the pipe (6).


6 - Pull out the cab cabling (5).

1


30-37SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CAB

With front door

RKSA1545

11

12

RKSA1901

13

14

��

��

RKSA0272

17

7 - Disconnect the heating system’s supply (11) and return (12) hoses from the engine and drain any engine cool-ant from the hoses.★ Mark the hoses to avoid mixing them during instal-

lation.

8 - Disconnect the hose (14) from the washer tank (13).

9 - Disconnect the accelerator command lever cable (16) from the engine (15).

10 - Connect the cab (17) to some hoisting tackle.

2

30-38 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CAB

11 - Remove the safety cotter pins (18) and the washers

RKSA0284

222121

18

20

1918 19

20

RKSA0562

2423

25

17

RKSA1240

1

(19).

12 - Push the cab slightly towards its “at rest” position to re-lieve the strain on the safety cables (20), and disconnect the cables from the pins (21).

Apply a slight tension to the chains of the hoisting tackle to prevent the cab from swinging about un-expectedly.

13 - Tilt the cab (17) slowly until the distance between the centres of the dumper fixing hooks is 1100 mm.★ The distance of 1100 mm corresponds to the max-

imum stretch of the dumper hooks.

14 - Remove the pins (21) from the dumper fixing hooks (22).

15 - Loosen the nuts (23) and remove the screws (24) and washers (25).

16 - Remove the complete cab (17).

INSTALLATION OF THE CAB• To install, reverse removal procedure.

• Fill up the coolant liquid circuit to maximum level.• Start the engine to circulate the coolant and check

that there are no leaks.• Stop the engine, check the levels and, if necessary,

top them up.

• Mount the nuts (1) on the hoses and connect the pipes by pushing them fully home in their seatings. Check the correct connection by trying to extract them.

• Adjust the stroke of the accelerator lever cable. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

1

2

30-39SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ENGINE-PUMP GROUP

REMOVAL OF THE ENGINE-PUMP GROUP

1 - Tilt the cab until it is resting on a support. (For details,

RKSA0301

RKSA0570

12

3 4

5

RKSA0580

6

7

6

��

�

�

��

see «TILTING THE CAB»).

2 - Remove the battery. (For details, see «REMOVING THE BATTERY»).

★ Drain the engine coolant liquid.

Liquid: max. 9 �


Oil: max. 39 �

★ Drain the fuel.

Fuel: max. 50 �

3 - Remove the radiator group. (For details, see «REMOV-ING THE RADIATOR GROUP»).

4 - Remove the cover of the control unit (1) and disconnect the connectors (2), (3) and (4) that connect the control unit (1) to the frame wiring harness (5).

5 - Loosen the nuts (6) and disconnect the control unit from the frame.

6 - Disconnect the connector (8) from the fuel level sensor (9) and remove the screw (10) retaining the electric har-ness (11).

1

2

30-40 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


7 - Disconnect the servo-control pressure sensor connec-

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

�

��

��

��

��

��

��

tors (12) and disconnect the support (13) from the en-gine (14).

8 - Disconnect the accelerator pedal cable (15) from the engine (14).

9 - Disconnect the delivery (18) and return (19) pipes from the prefilter (16) and the filter (17).

10 - Disconnect the pipes (21), (22) and (23) from the pump (20).★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-

assembly.

11 - Disconnect the pipes (24), (25), (26), and (27) from the pump.★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-

assembly.

30-41SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


With front door

��

�

��

��

�

12 - Disconnect the heating system’s supply (28) and return (29) hoses from the engine and drain any engine cool-ant from the hoses.

13 - Attach the engine-pump group to some hoisting tackle and apply a slight tension to the cables.

14 - Loosen the four nuts (30) that secure the engine and re-move the complete group.

Engine-pump group: 290 kg

3

30-42 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


INSTALLATION OF THE ENGINE-PUMP GROUP


1 - Fill the hydraulic oil tank up to maximum level.

While filling the tank, bleed the air from the pump. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).

Hydraulic oil: approx. 27 �

2 - Fill the coolant liquid circuit up to maximum level.

Coolant liquid: approx. 9 �

3 - Fill the fuel tank and bleed the air from the system. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).

Fuel: max. 50 �

4 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and coolant liquid and check that there are no leaks.


6 - Bleed the air from the hydraulic circuits and pressurise the tank. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-JUSTMENTS»).

★ Adjust the stroke of the accelerator cables. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

Engine nuts: 60–75 Nm

1

2

30-43SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION COMPLETE HYDRAULIC PUMP

REMOVAL OF THE COMPLETE HYDRAULIC PUMP

Fully raise the working equipment and tilt the cab.

RKSA0611

1

2 3 4

RKSA0231

5

6

7

8

��

�

��

(For details, see TILTING THE CAB»).


Hydraulic oil: max:. 39 �

1 - Disconnect the pipes (2), (3) and (4) from the pump (1).★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-

assembly.

2 - Disconnect the pipes (5), (6), (7), and (8) from the pump.★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-

assembly.

3 - Disconnect the servo-control pressure sensor connec-tors (9) and disconnect the support (10) from the en-gine.

30-44 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


Whit front door

RKSA1547

13

12

RKSA0640

1

RKSA0651

1

14

15

16

4 - Disconnect the heating system’s supply (12) and return (13) hoses from the engine and drain any engine cool-ant from the hoses.★ Mark the hoses to avoid mixing them during instal-

lation.

5 - Attach the pump (1) to some hoisting tackle and apply a slight tension to the cables.

6 - Loosen the eight screws (14) and remove the pump (1) complete with the flange (15).

Pump: 88 kg

7 - Loosen the screws (16) and disconnect the pump (1) from the flange (15).

1

2

30-45SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


INSTALLATION OF THE HYDRAULIC PUMP


Flange screws: 80 Nm

Flange screws: Loctite 262

Pump shaft: Lithium EP MS2 NLGI 2

Pump screws: 195 Nm

Pump screws: Loctite 262

1 - Fill the tank up to maximum level.

Hydraulic oil requirement: 27 � approx.

Bleed the air from the pump. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

2 - Start the engine to circulate the oil and check that there are no leaks.


4 - Bleed the air from the hydraulic circuits and pressurise the tank. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

1

2

30-46 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION GEAR PUMP

REMOVAL OF THE GEAR PUMP


RKSA0660

12

3

4

5

4 RKS01740


★ Drain the hydraulic oil


1 - Disconnect from the pump (1) the suction pipe (2) and the pipe (3) (one for the normal version, two for the HIGHFLOW version.

2 - Loosen the two screws (4) and remove the pump (1) complete with the O-ring (5).

INSTALLATION OF THE GEAR PUMP★ To install, reverse removal procedure.

Screws: 59–74 Nm

1

1

30-47SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ENGINE-PUMP COUPLING

REMOVAL OF ENGINE-PUMP COUPLING


RKSA0670

12


1 - Remove the pump. (For details, see «REMOVAL OF THE PUMP»).

2 - Take out the screws (1) and remove the coupling (2).

★ Replace screws (1) every dismantling.

INSTALLATION OF THE ENGINE-PUMP COUPLING• To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Coupling screws: 80 Nm

1

1

30-48 SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION CONTROL VALVE

REMOVAL OF THE CONTROL VALVE


RKSA0680

1

2

3

2

41

RKS01880


Release residual pressures from all circuits and from the tank. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-JUSTMENTS»).



1 - Disconnect from the control valve (1) the servo-control pipes (2), the delivery pipes to the actuators, and the de-livery and return pipes (3).★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-

assembly.

2 - Loosen the three screws (4) and remove the control valve (1).

Control valve: max. 21.5 kg

INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL VALVE★ To install, reverse removal procedure.

Control valve screws: 35 Nm

1 - Fill the hydraulic oil tank up to maximum level.


2 - Start the engine at low idling to circulate the oil through-out the system.


1

1

30-49SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF PPC VALVES

Lower the working equipment until it is resting on the

RKSA0690

1

2

3

5

6

4

RKSA0700

7

8

9

10

RKSA0710

P1

P2

P3

P4

P T

L.H. PPC VALVE

RKSA0720

P1

P2

P3

P4

P T

R.H. PPC VALVE STANDARDR.H. AND L.H. PPC VALVES PATTERN CHANGE

ground, stop the engine and remove the ignition key.

Release residual pressures from all circuits and from the tank. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND AD-JUSTMENTS»).

With front door

1 - Remove the heater group. (For details, see «REMOVAL OF HEATER FAN» up to point 6).

2 - Raise the switch-box cover (1) disconnect the connec-tors (2) and remove the cover (1).

3 - Disconnect the protective sleeve (3).★ Take care not to damage the frame (4).

4 - Loosen the four screws (5) and remove the casing (6).

5 - Take out the three screws (7) and disconnect the PPC valve (8) from the support (9).

6 - Disconnect the six pipes (10) from the PPC valve and plug the tubes to prevent entry of impurities.★ Check the marks on the tubes to avoid exchanging

them during re-assembly.

INSTALLATION OF THE PPC VALVES• To install, reverse removal procedure.

★ Check very carefully the positions for the pipe con-nections.

LEFT-HAND PPC VALVE

RIGHT-HAND PPC VALVE

If the union pieces are dismantled from the PPC valves, make sure that a union with a filter is mounted at the P in-let.

Position

P T P1 P2 P3 P4

MWhite

SWhite

AYellow

RYellow

LBlue

RBlue

Posizione

P T P1 P2 P3 P4

MWhite

SWhite

DRed

SRed

CYellow

AYellow

1

1


30-50

PPC VALVES

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF THE HUB WHEEL

1 - Place the machine on blocks that are high enough to

RKS01750

RKSA0730

12

RKSA1190

4

3

RKSA0740

7

5

6

5

raise the wheels from the ground, and fully raise the working equipment.

2 - 2 – Loosen the nuts (1) and take off the tire (2).

3 - Loosen the drainage plug (3) in order to drain the chain-gearing lubrication oil.

Gear-box oil: max. 14.4 �

★ To facilitate oil drainage, remove the vent plug (4).

4 - Loosen the nuts (5) and take off the cover (6).

★ Check the condition of the seal (7) and install a new one if necessary.

1

2


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HUB WHEEL

30-51

5 - Start the engine and allow the pinion (8) to turn slowly

RKSA0750

8

9

10

9

RKSA0760

1112

1112

RKS01760

9 9

RKS01771

Oil level

until the master links (9) are both positioned on the up-per section of the chain.

6 - Remove the pins (10) and pull out the master link (9).

7 - Turn the wheel hub (11) to release it from the chain.

8 - Attach the complete hub (11) to some hoisting tackleand apply a slight tension to the cables.

9 - Loosen the nuts (12) and remove the hub (11).★ Check the condition of the O-ring and put in a new

one if necessary.

Hub: 55 kg

INSTALLATION OF THEWHEEL HUB• To install, reverse removal procedure.

Nuts: 186 Nm

Nuts: 29 Nm

★ Make sure that the master link is in the correct positionwith respect to the pinion.

1 - Adjust the tension of the chains.(For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

2 - Fill the oil up to maximum level.

Nuts: 235 Nm

3

4

1

2

3

4


30-52

HUB WHEEL

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

DISMANTLING THE WHEEL HUB

1 - Remove the wheel hub (1).

RKSA0761

1

RKSA0780

1

2

3

4

RKSA0790

1

5

RKS01860

AA

6 7

8

(For details, see “REMOVAL OF THE WHEEL HUB”).

2 - Place the wheel hub (1) in a vice and loosen the screws (2).

3 - Remove the disk (3) and the shims (4).★ Make a note of the number and positions of the

shims (4).

4 - Remove the ring bevel gear (5).★ Make a note of which way the ring bevel gear (5) is

facing with respect to the hub (1).

5 - Position the wheel hub (1) beneath a press and slowly extract the axle shaft (6) until it is released from the inner ring (7).★ Place the wheel hub (1) on two supports “A”, about

520 mm high.

6 - Remove the inner ring (7).

7 - Proceed with the extraction of the axle shaft (6) until it is released from the bearing (8).

1

2

3


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HUB WHEEL

30-53

8 - Place the hub (1) in a vice and extract the seal ring (9).

RKSA0800

1

7

8

9

RKSA0810

5

6

x

★ Mount a new seal ring (9) each time the hub is dis-mantled.

9 - Extract the outer rings (7) and (8).

ASSEMBLY OF THE HUB WHEEL• To install, reverse removal procedure.

Screw: 294 Nm

1 - Take the existing measurement “X” between the axle shaft (6) and the ring bevel gear (5).

2 - Calculate the thickness of shim that should be inserted between the disc (3) and the ring bevel gear (5) using the following formula:

Z = X – SS = the shim packX = the measurement takenZ = residual clearance (0.05–0.125)

For example: clearance measured X = 0.570Addition of two shims of 0.2 and one of 0.1

3 - Check that the measurement X lies within the permis-sible limits.

★ Grease the bearings (7) and (8).

Bearings: Lithium EP NLGI 2

★ Grease the lip of the seal ring (9).

Seal ring: Lithium EP NLGI 2

4

1

2

3

4


30-54

HUB WHEEL

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF THE FINAL DRIVE

1 - Disconnect the gearing chains (1) from the final drive

RKSA0820

1

2

RKSA0830

2

3

4

5

RKSA0840

2

RKSA0850

2

6

7

(2). (For details, see “REMOVAL OF WHEEL HUB”).

2 - Remove the complete hydraulic pump. (For details, see “REMOVAL OF HYDRAULIC PUMP”).

3 - Disconnect from the final drive (2) the supply pipes (3), the speed increment pipe (4) and the drainage pipe (5).★ Plug the tubes to prevent entry of impurities.

4 - Attach the final drive (2) to some hoisting tackle and ap-ply a slight tension to the ropes.

5 - Loosen the 10 screws (6) and take out the complete final drive (2).★ Check the condition of the O-ring (7) and substitute

a new one if necessary.

Final drive: 54 kg


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

FINAL DRIVE

30-55

INSTALLATION OF THE FINAL DRIVE


★ Grease the O-ring.

O-ring: Lithium EP NLGI 2

Screws: 120 Nm

Screws: Loctite 270

1


30-56

FINAL DRIVE

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

REMOVAL OF THE RAISING CYLINDER

Lower the working equipment until it is resting on the

RKSA0860

2

1

RKSA0870

3

4

RKSA0880

5

6

7

RKSA0890

89

10

ground.

Release residual pressures from all circuits. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUST-MENTS»).

1 - Loosen the screw (1) and remove the pin (2).

★ Only for the RH cylinder Disconnect the safety rod (3) from the boom (4).

2 - Loosen the clamps (5) and remove the protection (6).

3 - Disconnect the pipe (7).★ Plug the tube (7) and the union to prevent entry of

impurities.

4 - Disconnect the pipe (8).★ Plug the tube (8) and the union to prevent entry of

impurities.

5 - Loosen the screw (9) and remove the pin (10).

INSTALLATION OF THE RAISING CYLINDER• To install, reverse removal procedure.

Inside the bushings: Lithium EP MS2 NLGI 2

Pin screws: 49 Nm

When aligning the positions between the hole and the pin, run the engine at low idling. Do not insert fingers into the holes to check align-ment.

1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinder. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).★ After bleeding the air, check the level of oil in the

tank.

1 2

1 2

1

2


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

RAISING CYLINDER

30-57

REMOVAL OF THE BUCKET CYLINDER

Lower the working equipment and rest the equipment

RKSA0900

RKSA0910

1

2

RKSA0920

3

4

5

RKSA0930

36

support frame on the ground.

1 - Remove the pin (1) and fully retract the piston rod (2).

★ Check and make a note of the position of the ad-justments to a given clearance.

2 - Disconnect the pipes (4) and (5) from the cylinder (3).★ Plug the tubes to prevent entry of impurities.★ Mark the tubes to avoid exchanging them during re-

assembly.

3 - Remove the pin (6) and take away the cylinder (3).

★ Check and make a note of the position of the ad-justments to a given clearance.

1 2

1 3


30-58

BUCKET CYLINDER

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

INSTALLATION OF THE BUCKET CYLINDER


��

� ��

RKS02460MAX 1mmMAX 1mm

When aligning the positions between the hole and the pin, do not insert fingers into the holes to check alignment.


Pin screws: 49 Nm

★ Insert the removed shims and, if necessary, add more until the residual clearance is about 1 mm.

★ Insert the removed shims and, if necessary, add more until the residual clearance is about 1 mm.

1 - Start the engine and bleed the air from the cylinder. (For details, see «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).★ After bleeding the air, check the level of oil in the

tank

1

2

3


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

BUCKET CYLINDER

30-59

DISASSEMBLY OF THE WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS

1 - Take off the guard rings (1) from both sides of the cyl-

RKS01660

1

1

RKSA1060

2 A

B

RKSA1070

3

DC

RKSA1080

32

inder and from the piston rod.★ Make sure that the tube unions are not plugged.

2 - Place the cylinder (2) on the apparatus A. Engage the cylinder in the tools B, having the same bushing diam-eter.

3 - Attach the special wrench C (adjusted to fit the cylinder) to the head (3) and apply the dynamometric tool D.

4 - Unscrew the head (3) and extract it completely from the cylinder (2).


30-60

WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

5 - Raise the cylinder and hook the piston rod to the mobile

RKSA1090

2

4

A

RKSA1100

4

5

6

DE

group of the tool A.

6 - Extract the piston rod group (4) from the cylinder.

7 - Remove the cylinder (2) and the piston rod group.

8 - Lock the complete piston rod (4) onto the apparatus A.

9 - Attach the socket wrench E to the lock nut (5) of the pis-ton (6) and, using the dynamometric tool with a multi-plier D, remove the nut.★ Socket wrench measurement: 32 mm

10 - Take all the groups to pieces and remove all the seals, guard rings and guide rings.

The seals, guard rings, and guide rings cannot be used again.


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


30-61

ASSEMBLY OF THE WORK EQUIPMENT CYLINDERS

★ Take great care not to damage the seal and the sliding

RKSA1110

3

7

3

F

RKSA1120

8

9

G

RKS01800

3

7 9

10 11 12

8

surfaces.

★ Prepare each individual component before commenc-ing the final assembly.

1. Assembly of the cylinder head

1 - Position the guard ring (7) and, using a press and the push rod F, press it home in the head (3).★ Check the orientation carefully.

2 - Mount the snap ring (8).

3 - Using the tool G, mount the lip-seal (9).★ Check that the lips face into the cylinder.

4 - Mount the O-ring (10), the anti-extrusion ring (11) and the O-ring (12) onto the cylinder head (3).


30-62


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

2. Piston assembly

RKSA1130

13 14 15

H

RKSA1140

J14 15 1615

13

RKSA1150

4

17

K

B

RKSA1160

4 34L

1 - Using the tool H, mount the piston seal. Mount in se-quence the rubber ring (13), the outer seal (14) and theanti-extrusion rings (15).

2 - Mount the guide ring (16).

3 - Calibrate the diameter of the gasket (14) of the piston(6), mounting the group beneath the press and using thecalibrating ring J adapted to fit the piston diameter.

3. Piston rod group assembly

1 - Using a press and the tool B adapted to the diameter, in-sert the bushing (17) into the piston rod (4).

2 - Insert the support K beneath the piston rod.

3 - Mount the pilot boss L adapted to the diameter onto theextremity of the piston rod.

4 - Slide the head (3) onto the piston rod (4).

5 - Remove the pilot boss L from the extremity of the pistonrod.


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


30-63

30-6

6 - M

7 - Mww

4. C

1 - M

2 - P(2★

3 - L(2

4 - Ma

REMO

ount the complete piston (6).

RKSA1170

6

RKSA1101

E D

RKSA1061

19

B

A

RKSA1180

2 M

ount the nut (5) that secures the piston and tighten itith the socket wrench E and the dynamometric toolith a multiplier D.

Nut: Loctite 262

Nut: Raising cylinder: 422±42 Nm Bucket cylinder: 343±34 Nm

ylinder assembly

ount the tools A onto the apparatus B.

osition the bushing (20) and mount it onto the cylinder).

Leave the cylinder in position, ready for the next as-sembly operation.

ubricate the threading and the first part of the cylinder).

Cylinder: Lithium EP NLGI 2

ount the two halves of the tool M, adapted to the di-meter, onto the mouthpiece of the cylinder (2).

5

2

VAL AND INSTALLATION

4


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

5 - Mount the piston rod group (4) onto the tool A and raise

RKSA1091

2

4

A

M

RKSA1071

3

2

CD

the mobile part up to the end of its stroke.

6 - Put the cylinder (2) into a vertical position and guide thepiston into the tool M.

7 - Lower the apparatus supporting the piston rod (4) in or-der to insert the piston into the cylinder liner (2).

8 - Remove the tool M from the cylinder and then lower theapparatus A even further, until the head (3) and the pis-ton rod approach the cylinder.

9 - Place the cylinder (2) in position for screwing in the head(3).

10 - Insert the head into the cylinder and screw it in by handfor a few turns.

11 - Attach the special wrench C to the dynamometric tool Dand screw the head (3) fully home.

Head:• Raising cylinder: 412±41 Nm• Bucket cylinder: 441±44 Nm

12 - Mount the guard rings (1) on both sides of the cylinderand the piston rod.


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo


30-65

30-6

REM

Lg

Rs

1 - L

★ OD

Only 2 - D

th

3 - Arac

REMO

OVAL OF THE COMPLETE WORKING EQUIPMENT

ower the working equipment until it is resting on the

RKSA1210

1

2

3

RKSA0871

4

5

RKSA0970

5

6

RKSA09407

round.

elease any residual hydraulic pressures. (For details,ee «20. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS»).

oosen the screws (1) and remove the pins (2) and (3).

nly for the RH cylinder.isconnect the safety rod (4) from the boom (5).

for the HIGH-FLOW versionisconnect the electrical outlet (6) and its wiring frome boom (5).

ttach the complete boom to some hoisting tackle andise it until the hoses (7) connected to the frame be-

ome easily accessible.

1


6

COMPLETE WORKING EQUIPMENT

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

4 - Disconnect the hoses (7) and (8).

RKSA0950

79

RKSA0960

8

10

��

��


5 - Remove the pins (9) and (10) and remove the workingequipment.

★ Check and make a note of the positions of the ad-justments to a given clearance.

Working equipment: approx. 470 kg

INSTALLATION OF THECOMPLETE WORKINGEQUIPMENT


When aligning the positions between the hole andthe pin, run the engine at low idling.Do not insert fingers into the holes to check align-ment.


★ Insert shims between the boom and the frame untilthe residual clearance is less than 1 mm.

1 - Start the engine to circulate the oil, and bleed the airfrom the circuits.★ After bleeding the air, stop the engine and check

the level of oil in the tank.

1 2

1

2


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

COMPLETE WORKING EQUIPMENT

30-67

30-6

REM

1 - Lis

2 - R(2Cm

3 - Re

INSEQU• T

★

1

2

REMO

OVAL OF THE WORKING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FRAME

ower the working equipment until the supporting frame

RKSA0980

RKSA0990

1

2

RKSA1000

4

3

lying flat on some blocks «A».

emove the pins (1) and retract the cylinder piston rods).heck and make a note of the positions of the adjust-ents to a given clearance.

emove the pins (3) and take off the complete workingquipment support frame (4).

Equipment support frame: 57 kg

TALLATION OF THE WORKING IPMENT SUPPORT FRAME

o install, reverse removal procedure.

Insert the removed shims and if necessary addmore until the residual clearance is less than 3 mm.

When aligning the positions between the hole andthe pin, run the engine at low idling.ATTENTION! Do not insert fingers into theholes to check alignment.


A

1 2

3


8

WORKING EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FRAME

SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

STANDARD MAINTENANCE

P.T.O. ........................................................................ 2Transmission ............................................................. 3Final drive .................................................................. 4Hydraulic pump.......................................................... 5Control valve.............................................................. 8R.H. PPC valve........................................................ 14L.H. PPC valve ........................................................ 15Pattern change valve (Optional) .............................. 17Cylinders.................................................................. 18Working equipment.................................................. 20

40-1SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

STANDARD MAINTENANCE P.T.O.

P.T.O.

RKS01091

195 Nm

80 Nm

80 Nm

40-2 SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

TRANSMISSION

Sectione A - A RKS01440

AA

118 Nm

294 Nm

200 Nm

with Loctite 27029 Nm

186 Nm


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

TRANSMISSION

40-3

FINAL DRIVE

RKS01480

61.8 – 75.5 Nm

46 – 51 Nm

167 – 196 Nm

28.4 – 31.4 Nm

28.4 – 31.4 Nm 28.4 – 31.4 Nm

28.4 – 31.4 Nm

51.0 – 64.7 Nm


40-4

FINAL DRIVE

SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

STANDARD MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC PUMP

HYDRAULIC PUMPSK714-5

RKS00330

19.6 – 27.4 Nm147 – 186.2 Nm

19.6 – 27.4 Nm147 – 186.2 Nm

58.8 – 73.5 Nm

49 – 58.8 Nm

40-5SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

0

STANDARD MAINTENANCE HYDRAULIC PUMP

SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo

RKS0034

19.6 – 27.4 Nm147 – 186.2 Nm

19.6 – 27.4 Nm

147 – 186.2 Nm

58.8 – 73.5 Nm

49 – 58.8 Nm

19.6 – 27.4 Nm

58.8 – 73.5 Nm

40-6 SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

AS VALVE

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria

RemedyStandard size Repair limit

Freelength

Installedlength

Installedload

Freelength

Installedload

1 Spring 38.1 30 52 N – 41.1 N

Replace2 Spring 25.9 23 16.7 N – 13.7 N

3 Spring 40.2 34.5 73.5 N – 58.8 N

RKS01451

Section A - A

31 2

34.3 – 58.8 Nm

44.1 – 53.9 Nm 34.3 – 58.8 Nm

58.8 – 78.4 Nm


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

HYDRAULIC PUMP

40-7

CONTROL VALVESK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo (SUPER HIGH-FLOW VERSION)

A

View ZRKS00371

A

A

C

CB

B

D

J

H

D

J

H

23.5±3.9 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm 11.3±1.5 Nm11.3±1.5 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm


40-8

CONTROL VALVE

SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

SK714-5 / SK815-5 – SK815-5 turbo (STANDARD)

RKS00251

Z

View Z

K

K

D D

M

ML

L

23.5±3.9 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm11.3±1.5 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE

40-9

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria

RemedyDetail Permitted value

Free heigh(outside Ø)

Installedlength

Installedload

Freeheigh

Installedload

1 Spool return spring (lift arm) 28.8x17.1 26.8 38.2 N – 30.6 N

Change springs. If there are damage or deformation

2 Spool return spring (bucket) 26.3x17.7 18.5 176.5 N – 141.1N

3 Spool return spring (bucket) 21.6x14.8 10 38.7 N – 31.0 N

4 Spool return spring (ATT) 28x11.5 24.5 137.3 N – 109.8 N

5 Spool return spring (High-Flow) 29x17.6 25.5 131.4 N – 105.1 N

6 Spool return spring (float) 14.7x4.4 9.5 4.9 N – 3.9 N

7 Spring of series - parallel circuit switching valve 38.3x15.2 24 161.8 N – 129.5 N

RKS00383Section B - B

Section A - A

5

7

4

2

3

1

2

6

3

90.7±12.3 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm

8.3±1.5 Nm


40-10

CONTROL VALVE

SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria



Installedlength

Installedload

Freeheigh

Installedload

1 Spring of unload valve 23.9x18.2 18 74.0 N – 59.2 N


2 Spring of unload valve 18.7x9.3 16 3.4 N – 2.7 N

3 Spring of pressure compensation valve 15.4x6 13 2.5 N – 2.0 N

4 Spring of pressure compensation valve 20x8.4 12 6.9 N – 5.5 N

5 Spring of combination circulating valve 37.5x16.6 22.5 177.5 N – 142.0 N

6 Spring of leveling circulating valve 37.5x15.4 22.5 66.7 N – 53.4 N

7 Spring of flow divider 30.2x9.4 23 2.9 N – 2.4 N

8 Spring of check valve 18.5x3.8 15.5 1.1 N – 0.9 N

RKS00703

Section D - D

Section AA-AA

Section BB-BB

Section C-C

5

7

BBAA

BBAA

8

4

3

6

4

4

4

1 2

3

53.0±5.9 Nm

53.0±5.9 Nm

53.0±5.9 Nm

139.7±22.1 Nm 22.1±2.5 Nm

8.3±1.5 Nm


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE

40-11

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria



Installedlength

Installedload

Freeheigh

Installedload

1 Spring of check valve 13x6.5 9.5 2.0 N – 1.6 N Change springs. If there are damage or deformation

2 Spool return spring (High-Flow joining circuit) 25.7x11.1 22 66.7 N – 53.4 N

Section K - KRKS00761

Section J - JSection H - H

2

1

44.1±4.9 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm

11.3±1.5 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm

77.9±12.3 Nm

22.0±2.5 Nm

34.3±4.9 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm


40-12

CONTROL VALVE

SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria

RemedyDetail Permitted valueFree heigh(outside Ø)

Installedlength

Installedload

Freeheigh

Installedload

1 Spool return spring (lift arm) 28.8x17.1 26.8 38.2 N – 30.6 N


2 Spool return spring (bucket) 26.3x17.7 18.5 176.5 N – 141.2 N3 Spool return spring (bucket) 21.6x14.8 10 38.7 N – 31.0 N4 Spool return spring (ATT) 29x17.5 25 180.4 N – 144.4 N

5 Spring of series - parallel circuit switching valve 38.3x15.2 24 161.8 N – 129.5 N

6 Spring of unload valve 32.9x18.2 18 74.0 N – 59.2 N7 Spring of unload valve 18.7x9.3 16 3.4 N – 2.7 N

8 Spring of pressure compensation valve 15.4x6 13 2.5 N – 2.0 N

9 Spring of pressure compensation valve 20x8.4 12 6.9 N – 5.5 N

Section L- L

RKS00781

3

1

5

4

2

3

2

Section M - M

76

9

9

8

8

8.3±1.5 Nm

22.1±2.5 Nm139.7±22.1 Nm

53.0±5.9 Nm

31.9±2.5 Nm


SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CONTROL VALVE

40-13

R.H. PPC VALVE

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria Remedy

Standard size Repair limit

Replace springs. If there are damage or deformation

Freeinstalled x

ØeInstalledlength

Installedload

Freelength

Installedload

1 Centering spring (for P3 and P4) 42.4x15.5 34 9.8 N – 9.2 N

2 Centering spring (for P1 and P2) 36.6x15.5 34 17.6 N – 16.5 N

3 Metering spring (for P3 and P4) 32.7x8.2 25.6 40.8 N – 39.4 N


Section A - A Section B - B

Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - E RKS00852

1

3

2

4

112.8±14.7 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm

13.2±1.5 Nm

39.2±4.9 Nm


40-14

R.H. PPC VALVE

SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

L.H. PPC VALVE

L.H. PPC VALVESTANDARD

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria Remedy



Freeinstalled x

ØeInstalledlength

Installedload

Freelength

Installedload

1 Centering spring (for Pout3 and Pout4) 35.5x15.5 34 9.8 N – 9.2 N



RKS00911


Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - E

Section F - F

Section G - G

1

3

2

3

GG

112.8±14.7 Nm44.1±4.9 Nm

13.2±1.5 Nm

13.7±1 Nm


40-15SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

L.H. PPC VALVE

L.H. PPC VALVE

PATTERN CHANGE (OPTIONAL)

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria Remedy



Freeinstalled x

ØeInstalledlength

Installedload

Freelength

Installedload





Section C - C

Section D - D

Section E - ERKS00853

1

3

2

3

112.8±14.7 Nm

44.1±4.9 Nm

13.2±1.5 Nm

39.2±4.9 Nm


40-16 SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5



RKS00941

Section B - BSection A - A

51

3

2

64

27.5 – 34.3 Nm

11.8 – 14.7 Nm

27.5 – 34.3 Nm


40-17SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

CYLINDERS

CYLINDERS

Unit: mm

N° Check item Cylinder

Criteria

RemedyStandardsize

Tolerance Minimumclearance

ClearancelimitShaft Hole

1Tolerance between bushing and pistonrod mounting pin

Lifting bucket 35 –0.01–0.05

+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

Replace bushing

Tilt bucket 35 –0.01–0.05

+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

2Tolerance between bushing and cylindermounting pin

Lifting bucket 35 –0.01–0.05

+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

Tilt bucket 35 –0.01–0.05

+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

3Tolerance between piston rod andcylinder head

Lifting bucket 35 -- 0.025-- 0.087

+ 0.039+ 0

0.025–0.126 0.426

Replace head

Tilt bucket 30 -- 0.020-- 0.072

+ 0.033+ 0

0.020–0.105 0.426

RKS01500

3

1 2

Lifting bucket: 412±41 NmTilt bucket: 441±44 Nm

Lifting bucket: 422±42 Nm (Wrench: 32 mm)Tilt bucket: 343±34 Nm (Wrench: 32 mm)with Loctite 262


40-18 SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

WORKING EQUIPMENT

WORKING EQUIPMENT

��

��

��

�

�

�

��

�

��

�

�

�

�


40-20 SK714-5 SK815- SK815-5 turbo5

WORKING EQUIPMENT

Unit: mm

N° Check item

Criteria

RemedyStandardsize

Tolerance Minimumclearance

ClearancelimitShaft Hole

1 Clearance between bushing and mounting pin of arm and support frame 35 –0.01

–0.05+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

Replace bushing

2 Clearance between bushing and mounting pin of arm 35 –0.01

–0.05+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

3 Clearance between bushing and mounting pin lift cylinder (head side) 35 –0.01

–0.05+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

4 Clearance between bushing and moun-ting pin bucket cylinder (bottom side) 35 –0.01

–0.05+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

5 Clearance between bushing and mounting pin bucket cylinder (head side) 35 –0.01

–0.05+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

6 Clearance between bushing and mounting pin lift cylinder (bottom side) 35 –0.01

–0.05+ 0.072+ 0.134

0.082–0.184 1.0

��

��

��

��


40-21SK714-5 SK815-5 SK815-5 turbo

�� !��

sk714,815-5 #01876-00902_webm005501_u0502 (1)

Documents